GCC(1)                                GNU                               GCC(1)
NAME
       gcc - GNU project C and C++ compiler

SYNOPSIS
       gcc [-c|-S|-E] [-std=standard]
           [-g] [-pg] [-Olevel]
           [-Wwarn...] [-pedantic]
           [-Idir...] [-Ldir...]
           [-Dmacro[=defn]...] [-Umacro]
           [-foption...] [-mmachine-option...]
           [-o outfile] infile...

       Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the remain-
       der.  g++ accepts mostly the same options as gcc.

DESCRIPTION
       When you invoke GCC, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
       assembly and linking.  The "overall options" allow you to stop this
       process at an intermediate stage.  For example, the -c option says not
       to run the linker.  Then the output consists of object files output by
       the assembler.

       Other options are passed on to one stage of processing.  Some options
       control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself.  Yet other
       options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not docu-
       mented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.

       Most of the command line options that you can use with GCC are useful
       for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
       (usually C++), the explanation says so explicitly.  If the description
       for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
       that option with all supported languages.

       The gcc program accepts options and file names as operands.  Many
       options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter
       options may not be grouped: -dr is very different from -d -r.

       You can mix options and other arguments.  For the most part, the order
       you use doesn't matter.  Order does matter when you use several options
       of the same kind; for example, if you specify -L more than once, the
       directories are searched in the order specified.

       Many options have long names starting with -f or with -W---for example,
       -fstrength-reduce, -Wformat and so on.  Most of these have both posi-
       tive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo.
       This manual documents only one of these two forms, whichever one is not
       the default.

OPTIONS
       Option Summary

       Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type.  Explanations
       are in the following sections.

       Overall Options
           -c  -S  -E  -o file  -combine -pipe  -pass-exit-codes -x language
           -v  -###  --help  --target-help  --version

       C Language Options
           -ansi  -std=standard  -fgnu89-inline -aux-info filename -fno-asm
           -fno-builtin  -fno-builtin-function -fhosted  -ffreestanding
           -fms-extensions -trigraphs  -no-integrated-cpp  -traditional
           -traditional-cpp -fallow-single-precision  -fcond-mismatch
           -fsigned-bitfields  -fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields  -fun-
           signed-char

       C++ Language Options
           -fabi-version=n  -fno-access-control  -fcheck-new -fconserve-space
           -ffriend-injection  -fno-const-strings -fno-elide-constructors
           -fno-enforce-eh-specs -ffor-scope  -fno-for-scope  -fno-gnu-key-
           words -fno-implicit-templates -fno-implicit-inline-templates
           -fno-implement-inlines  -fms-extensions -fno-nonansi-builtins
           -fno-operator-names -fno-optional-diags  -fpermissive -frepo
           -fno-rtti  -fstats  -ftemplate-depth-n -fno-threadsafe-statics
           -fuse-cxa-atexit  -fno-weak  -nostdinc++ -fno-default-inline
           -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -Wabi  -Wctor-dtor-privacy -Wnon-vir-
           tual-dtor  -Wreorder -Weffc++  -Wno-deprecated  -Wstrict-null-sen-
           tinel -Wno-non-template-friend  -Wold-style-cast -Woverloaded-vir-
           tual  -Wno-pmf-conversions -Wsign-promo

       Objective-C and Objective-C++ Language Options
           -fconstant-string-class=class-name -fgnu-runtime  -fnext-runtime
           -fno-nil-receivers -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors -fobjc-direct-dispatch
           -fobjc-exceptions -fobjc-gc -freplace-objc-classes -fzero-link
           -gen-decls -Wassign-intercept -Wno-protocol  -Wselector
           -Wstrict-selector-match -Wundeclared-selector

       Language Independent Options
           -fmessage-length=n -fdiagnostics-show-location=[once|every-line]
           -fdiagnostics-show-options

       Warning Options
           -fsyntax-only  -pedantic  -pedantic-errors -w  -Wextra  -Wall
           -Waggregate-return -Wno-attributes -Wc++-compat -Wcast-align
           -Wcast-qual  -Wchar-subscripts  -Wcomment -Wconversion  -Wno-depre-
           cated-declarations -Wdisabled-optimization  -Wno-div-by-zero
           -Wno-endif-labels -Werror  -Werror-implicit-function-declaration
           -Wfatal-errors  -Wfloat-equal  -Wformat  -Wformat=2 -Wno-for-
           mat-extra-args -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security  -Wformat-y2k
           -Wimplicit  -Wimplicit-function-declaration  -Wimplicit-int -Wim-
           port  -Wno-import  -Winit-self  -Winline -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast
           -Wno-invalid-offsetof  -Winvalid-pch -Wlarger-than-len  -Wun-
           safe-loop-optimizations  -Wlong-long -Wmain  -Wmissing-braces
           -Wmissing-field-initializers -Wmissing-format-attribute  -Wmiss-
           ing-include-dirs -Wmissing-noreturn -Wno-multichar  -Wnonnull
           -Wpacked  -Wpadded -Wparentheses  -Wpointer-arith
           -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast -Wredundant-decls -Wreturn-type  -Wse-
           quence-point  -Wshadow -Wsign-compare  -Wstack-protector
           -Wstrict-aliasing -Wstrict-aliasing=2 -Wswitch  -Wswitch-default
           -Wswitch-enum -Wsystem-headers  -Wtrigraphs  -Wundef  -Wuninitial-
           ized -Wunknown-pragmas  -Wno-pragmas -Wunreachable-code -Wunused
           -Wunused-function  -Wunused-label  -Wunused-parameter
           -Wunused-value  -Wunused-variable  -Wvariadic-macros
           -Wvolatile-register-var  -Wwrite-strings

       C-only Warning Options
           -Wbad-function-cast  -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-prototypes
           -Wnested-externs  -Wold-style-definition -Wstrict-prototypes
           -Wtraditional -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-sign

       Debugging Options
           -dletters  -dumpspecs  -dumpmachine  -dumpversion -fdump-unnumbered
           -fdump-translation-unit[-n] -fdump-class-hierarchy[-n]
           -fdump-ipa-all -fdump-ipa-cgraph -fdump-tree-all -fdump-tree-origi-
           nal[-n] -fdump-tree-optimized[-n] -fdump-tree-inlined[-n]
           -fdump-tree-cfg -fdump-tree-vcg -fdump-tree-alias -fdump-tree-ch
           -fdump-tree-ssa[-n] -fdump-tree-pre[-n] -fdump-tree-ccp[-n]
           -fdump-tree-dce[-n] -fdump-tree-gimple[-raw]
           -fdump-tree-mudflap[-n] -fdump-tree-dom[-n] -fdump-tree-dse[-n]
           -fdump-tree-phiopt[-n] -fdump-tree-forwprop[-n] -fdump-tree-copyre-
           name[-n] -fdump-tree-nrv -fdump-tree-vect -fdump-tree-sink
           -fdump-tree-sra[-n] -fdump-tree-salias -fdump-tree-fre[-n]
           -fdump-tree-vrp[-n] -ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n
           -fdump-tree-storeccp[-n] -feliminate-dwarf2-dups -felimi-
           nate-unused-debug-types -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols
           -fmem-report -fprofile-arcs -frandom-seed=string -fsched-verbose=n
           -ftest-coverage  -ftime-report -fvar-tracking -g  -glevel  -gcoff
           -gdwarf-2 -ggdb  -gstabs  -gstabs+  -gvms  -gxcoff  -gxcoff+ -p
           -pg  -print-file-name=library  -print-libgcc-file-name
           -print-multi-directory  -print-multi-lib  -print-multi-os-directory
           -print-prog-name=program  -print-search-dirs  -Q -save-temps  -time

       Optimization Options
           -falign-functions[=n]  -falign-jumps[=n] -falign-labels[=n]
           -falign-loops[=n] -fmudflap -fmudflapth -fmudflapir -fbranch-proba-
           bilities -fprofile-values -fvpt -fbranch-target-load-optimize
           -fbranch-target-load-optimize2 -fbtr-bb-exclusive -fcaller-saves
           -fcprop-registers  -fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks  -fcx-lim-
           ited-range  -fdata-sections -fdelayed-branch
           -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fearly-inlining -fexpensive-optimiza-
           tions  -ffast-math  -ffloat-store -fforce-addr  -ffunction-sections
           -fgcse  -fgcse-lm  -fgcse-sm  -fgcse-las  -fgcse-after-reload
           -floop-optimize -fcrossjumping  -fif-conversion  -fif-conversion2
           -finline-functions  -finline-functions-called-once -finline-limit=n
           -fkeep-inline-functions -fkeep-static-consts  -fmerge-constants
           -fmerge-all-constants -fmodulo-sched -fno-branch-count-reg
           -fno-default-inline  -fno-defer-pop -floop-optimize2
           -fmove-loop-invariants -fno-function-cse  -fno-guess-branch-proba-
           bility -fno-inline  -fno-math-errno  -fno-peephole  -fno-peephole2
           -funsafe-math-optimizations  -funsafe-loop-optimizations  -ffi-
           nite-math-only -fno-trapping-math  -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
           -fomit-frame-pointer  -foptimize-register-move -foptimize-sib-
           ling-calls  -fprefetch-loop-arrays -fprofile-generate -fprofile-use
           -fregmove  -frename-registers -freorder-blocks  -fre-
           order-blocks-and-partition -freorder-functions -fre-
           run-cse-after-loop  -frerun-loop-opt -frounding-math -fsched-
           ule-insns  -fschedule-insns2 -fno-sched-interblock  -fno-sched-spec
           -fsched-spec-load -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
           -fsched-stalled-insns[=n] -fsched-stalled-insns-dep[=n]
           -fsched2-use-superblocks -fsched2-use-traces -freschedule-mod-
           ulo-scheduled-loops -fsignaling-nans -fsingle-precision-constant
           -fstack-protector  -fstack-protector-all -fstrength-reduce
           -fstrict-aliasing  -ftracer  -fthread-jumps -funroll-all-loops
           -funroll-loops  -fpeel-loops -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller
           -funswitch-loops -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller -ftree-pre
           -ftree-ccp  -ftree-dce -ftree-loop-optimize -ftree-loop-linear
           -ftree-loop-im -ftree-loop-ivcanon -fivopts -ftree-dominator-opts
           -ftree-dse -ftree-copyrename -ftree-sink -ftree-ch -ftree-sra
           -ftree-ter -ftree-lrs -ftree-fre -ftree-vectorize
           -ftree-vect-loop-version -ftree-salias -fweb -ftree-copy-prop
           -ftree-store-ccp -ftree-store-copy-prop -ftree-vrp -funit-at-a-time
           -fwhole-program --param name=value -O  -O0  -O1  -O2  -O3  -Os

       Preprocessor Options
           -Aquestion=answer -A-question[=answer] -C  -dD  -dI  -dM  -dN
           -Dmacro[=defn]  -E  -H -idirafter dir -include file  -imacros file
           -iprefix file  -iwithprefix dir -iwithprefixbefore dir  -isystem
           dir -isysroot dir -M  -MM  -MF  -MG  -MP  -MQ  -MT  -nostdinc -P
           -fworking-directory  -remap -trigraphs  -undef  -Umacro  -Wp,option
           -Xpreprocessor option

       Assembler Option
           -Wa,option  -Xassembler option

       Linker Options
           object-file-name  -llibrary -nostartfiles  -nodefaultlibs  -nost-
           dlib -pie -rdynamic -s  -static  -static-libgcc  -shared
           -shared-libgcc  -symbolic -Wl,option  -Xlinker option -u symbol

       Directory Options
           -Bprefix  -Idir  -iquotedir  -Ldir -specs=file  -I- --sysroot=dir

       Target Options
           -V version  -b machine

       Machine Dependent Options
           ARC Options -EB  -EL -mmangle-cpu  -mcpu=cpu  -mtext=text-section
           -mdata=data-section  -mrodata=readonly-data-section

           ARM Options -mapcs-frame  -mno-apcs-frame -mabi=name
           -mapcs-stack-check  -mno-apcs-stack-check -mapcs-float
           -mno-apcs-float -mapcs-reentrant  -mno-apcs-reentrant -msched-pro-
           log  -mno-sched-prolog -mlittle-endian  -mbig-endian  -mwords-lit-
           tle-endian -mfloat-abi=name  -msoft-float  -mhard-float  -mfpe
           -mthumb-interwork  -mno-thumb-interwork -mcpu=name  -march=name
           -mfpu=name -mstructure-size-boundary=n -mabort-on-noreturn
           -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls -msingle-pic-base  -mno-sin-
           gle-pic-base -mpic-register=reg -mnop-fun-dllimport -mcir-
           rus-fix-invalid-insns -mno-cirrus-fix-invalid-insns -mpoke-func-
           tion-name -mthumb  -marm -mtpcs-frame  -mtpcs-leaf-frame
           -mcaller-super-interworking  -mcallee-super-interworking -mtp=name

           AVR Options -mmcu=mcu  -msize  -minit-stack=n  -mno-interrupts
           -mcall-prologues  -mno-tablejump  -mtiny-stack  -mint8

           Blackfin Options -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
           -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer -mspecld-anomaly -mno-specld-anomaly
           -mcsync-anomaly -mno-csync-anomaly -mlow-64k -mno-low64k
           -mid-shared-library -mno-id-shared-library -mshared-library-id=n
           -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls

           CRIS Options -mcpu=cpu  -march=cpu  -mtune=cpu -mmax-stack-frame=n
           -melinux-stacksize=n -metrax4  -metrax100  -mpdebug  -mcc-init
           -mno-side-effects -mstack-align  -mdata-align  -mconst-align
           -m32-bit  -m16-bit  -m8-bit  -mno-prologue-epilogue  -mno-gotplt
           -melf  -maout  -melinux  -mlinux  -sim  -sim2 -mmul-bug-workaround
           -mno-mul-bug-workaround

           CRX Options -mmac -mpush-args

           Darwin Options -all_load  -allowable_client  -arch
           -arch_errors_fatal -arch_only  -bind_at_load  -bundle  -bun-
           dle_loader -client_name  -compatibility_version  -current_version
           -dead_strip -dependency-file  -dylib_file  -dylinker_install_name
           -dynamic  -dynamiclib  -exported_symbols_list -filelist
           -flat_namespace  -force_cpusubtype_ALL -force_flat_namespace
           -headerpad_max_install_names -image_base  -init  -install_name
           -keep_private_externs -multi_module  -multiply_defined  -multi-
           ply_defined_unused -noall_load   -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
           -nofixprebinding -nomultidefs  -noprebind  -noseglinkedit
           -pagezero_size  -prebind  -prebind_all_twolevel_modules -pri-
           vate_bundle  -read_only_relocs  -sectalign -sectobjectsymbols
           -whyload  -seg1addr -sectcreate  -sectobjectsymbols  -sectorder
           -segaddr -segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr -seg_addr_table
           -seg_addr_table_filename  -seglinkedit -segprot
           -segs_read_only_addr  -segs_read_write_addr -single_module  -static
           -sub_library  -sub_umbrella -twolevel_namespace  -umbrella  -unde-
           fined -unexported_symbols_list  -weak_reference_mismatches -what-
           sloaded -F -gused -gfull -mmacosx-version-min=version
           -mone-byte-bool

           DEC Alpha Options -mno-fp-regs  -msoft-float  -malpha-as  -mgas
           -mieee  -mieee-with-inexact  -mieee-conformant -mfp-trap-mode=mode
           -mfp-rounding-mode=mode -mtrap-precision=mode  -mbuild-constants
           -mcpu=cpu-type  -mtune=cpu-type -mbwx  -mmax  -mfix  -mcix
           -mfloat-vax  -mfloat-ieee -mexplicit-relocs  -msmall-data
           -mlarge-data -msmall-text  -mlarge-text -mmemory-latency=time

           DEC Alpha/VMS Options -mvms-return-codes

           FRV Options -mgpr-32  -mgpr-64  -mfpr-32  -mfpr-64 -mhard-float
           -msoft-float -malloc-cc  -mfixed-cc  -mdword  -mno-dword -mdouble
           -mno-double -mmedia  -mno-media  -mmuladd  -mno-muladd -mfdpic
           -minline-plt -mgprel-ro  -multilib-library-pic -mlinked-fp
           -mlong-calls  -malign-labels -mlibrary-pic  -macc-4  -macc-8 -mpack
           -mno-pack  -mno-eflags  -mcond-move  -mno-cond-move -moptimize-mem-
           bar -mno-optimize-membar -mscc  -mno-scc  -mcond-exec
           -mno-cond-exec -mvliw-branch  -mno-vliw-branch -mmulti-cond-exec
           -mno-multi-cond-exec  -mnested-cond-exec -mno-nested-cond-exec
           -mtomcat-stats -mTLS -mtls -mcpu=cpu

           H8/300 Options -mrelax  -mh  -ms  -mn  -mint32  -malign-300

           HPPA Options -march=architecture-type -mbig-switch  -mdis-
           able-fpregs  -mdisable-indexing -mfast-indirect-calls  -mgas
           -mgnu-ld   -mhp-ld -mfixed-range=register-range -mjump-in-delay
           -mlinker-opt -mlong-calls -mlong-load-store  -mno-big-switch
           -mno-disable-fpregs -mno-disable-indexing  -mno-fast-indirect-calls
           -mno-gas -mno-jump-in-delay  -mno-long-load-store
           -mno-portable-runtime  -mno-soft-float -mno-space-regs
           -msoft-float  -mpa-risc-1-0 -mpa-risc-1-1  -mpa-risc-2-0
           -mportable-runtime -mschedule=cpu-type  -mspace-regs  -msio  -mwsio
           -munix=unix-std  -nolibdld  -static  -threads

           i386 and x86-64 Options -mtune=cpu-type  -march=cpu-type -mfp-
           math=unit -masm=dialect  -mno-fancy-math-387 -mno-fp-ret-in-387
           -msoft-float  -msvr3-shlib -mno-wide-multiply  -mrtd  -malign-dou-
           ble -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num -mmmx  -msse  -msse2 -msse3
           -mssse3 -msse4a -msse5 -m3dnow -mpopcnt -mabm -mthreads
           -mno-align-stringops  -minline-all-stringops -mpush-args  -maccumu-
           late-outgoing-args  -m128bit-long-double -m96bit-long-double
           -mregparm=num  -msseregparm -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
           -mno-red-zone -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs -mcmodel=code-model -m32
           -m64 -mlarge-data-threshold=num -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd

           IA-64 Options -mbig-endian  -mlittle-endian  -mgnu-as  -mgnu-ld
           -mno-pic -mvolatile-asm-stop  -mregister-names  -mno-sdata -mcon-
           stant-gp  -mauto-pic  -minline-float-divide-min-latency -min-
           line-float-divide-max-throughput -minline-int-divide-min-latency
           -minline-int-divide-max-throughput -minline-sqrt-min-latency -min-
           line-sqrt-max-throughput -mno-dwarf2-asm -mearly-stop-bits
           -mfixed-range=register-range -mtls-size=tls-size -mtune=cpu-type
           -mt -pthread -milp32 -mlp64

           M32R/D Options -m32r2 -m32rx -m32r -mdebug -malign-loops
           -mno-align-loops -missue-rate=number -mbranch-cost=number
           -mmodel=code-size-model-type -msdata=sdata-type -mno-flush-func
           -mflush-func=name -mno-flush-trap -mflush-trap=number -G num

           M32C Options -mcpu=cpu -msim -memregs=number

           M680x0 Options -m68000  -m68020  -m68020-40  -m68020-60  -m68030
           -m68040 -m68060  -mcpu32  -m5200  -m68881  -mbitfield  -mc68000
           -mc68020 -mnobitfield  -mrtd  -mshort  -msoft-float  -mpcrel
           -malign-int  -mstrict-align  -msep-data  -mno-sep-data
           -mshared-library-id=n  -mid-shared-library  -mno-id-shared-library

           M68hc1x Options -m6811  -m6812  -m68hc11  -m68hc12   -m68hcs12
           -mauto-incdec  -minmax  -mlong-calls  -mshort
           -msoft-reg-count=count

           MCore Options -mhardlit  -mno-hardlit  -mdiv  -mno-div  -mre-
           lax-immediates -mno-relax-immediates  -mwide-bitfields
           -mno-wide-bitfields -m4byte-functions  -mno-4byte-functions
           -mcallgraph-data -mno-callgraph-data  -mslow-bytes  -mno-slow-bytes
           -mno-lsim -mlittle-endian  -mbig-endian  -m210  -m340
           -mstack-increment

           MIPS Options -EL  -EB  -march=arch  -mtune=arch -mips1  -mips2
           -mips3  -mips4  -mips32  -mips32r2  -mips64 -mips16  -mno-mips16
           -mabi=abi  -mabicalls  -mno-abicalls -mxgot  -mno-xgot  -mgp32
           -mgp64  -mfp32  -mfp64 -mhard-float  -msoft-float  -msingle-float
           -mdouble-float -mdsp  -mpaired-single  -mips3d -mlong64  -mlong32
           -msym32  -mno-sym32 -Gnum  -membedded-data  -mno-embedded-data
           -muninit-const-in-rodata  -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
           -msplit-addresses  -mno-split-addresses -mexplicit-relocs
           -mno-explicit-relocs -mcheck-zero-division  -mno-check-zero-divi-
           sion -mdivide-traps  -mdivide-breaks -mmemcpy  -mno-memcpy
           -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls -mmad  -mno-mad  -mfused-madd
           -mno-fused-madd  -nocpp -mfix-r4000  -mno-fix-r4000  -mfix-r4400
           -mno-fix-r4400 -mfix-vr4120  -mno-fix-vr4120  -mfix-vr4130
           -mfix-sb1  -mno-fix-sb1 -mflush-func=func  -mno-flush-func
           -mbranch-likely  -mno-branch-likely -mfp-exceptions -mno-fp-excep-
           tions -mvr4130-align -mno-vr4130-align

           MMIX Options -mlibfuncs  -mno-libfuncs  -mepsilon  -mno-epsilon
           -mabi=gnu -mabi=mmixware  -mzero-extend  -mknuthdiv  -mto-
           plevel-symbols -melf  -mbranch-predict  -mno-branch-predict
           -mbase-addresses -mno-base-addresses  -msingle-exit  -mno-sin-
           gle-exit

           MN10300 Options -mmult-bug  -mno-mult-bug -mam33  -mno-am33
           -mam33-2  -mno-am33-2 -mreturn-pointer-on-d0 -mno-crt0  -mrelax

           MT Options -mno-crt0 -mbacc -msim -march=cpu-type

           PDP-11 Options -mfpu  -msoft-float  -mac0  -mno-ac0  -m40  -m45
           -m10 -mbcopy  -mbcopy-builtin  -mint32  -mno-int16 -mint16
           -mno-int32  -mfloat32  -mno-float64 -mfloat64  -mno-float32  -mab-
           shi  -mno-abshi -mbranch-expensive  -mbranch-cheap -msplit
           -mno-split  -munix-asm  -mdec-asm

           PowerPC Options See RS/6000 and PowerPC Options.

           RS/6000 and PowerPC Options -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mpower
           -mno-power  -mpower2  -mno-power2 -mpowerpc  -mpowerpc64  -mno-pow-
           erpc -maltivec  -mno-altivec -mpowerpc-gpopt  -mno-powerpc-gpopt
           -mpowerpc-gfxopt  -mno-powerpc-gfxopt -mmfcrf  -mno-mfcrf  -mpopc-
           ntb  -mno-popcntb  -mfprnd  -mno-fprnd -mmfpgpr -mno-mfpgpr
           -mnew-mnemonics  -mold-mnemonics -mfull-toc   -mminimal-toc
           -mno-fp-in-toc  -mno-sum-in-toc -m64  -m32  -mxl-compat
           -mno-xl-compat  -mpe -malign-power  -malign-natural -msoft-float
           -mhard-float  -mmultiple  -mno-multiple -mstring  -mno-string
           -mupdate  -mno-update -mfused-madd  -mno-fused-madd  -mbit-align
           -mno-bit-align -mstrict-align  -mno-strict-align  -mrelocatable
           -mno-relocatable  -mrelocatable-lib  -mno-relocatable-lib -mtoc
           -mno-toc  -mlittle  -mlittle-endian  -mbig  -mbig-endian -mdy-
           namic-no-pic  -maltivec  -mswdiv -mprioritize-restricted-insns=pri-
           ority -msched-costly-dep=dependence_type -minsert-sched-nops=scheme
           -mcall-sysv  -mcall-netbsd -maix-struct-return
           -msvr4-struct-return -mabi=abi-type -msecure-plt -mbss-plt -misel
           -mno-isel -misel=yes  -misel=no -mspe -mno-spe -mspe=yes  -mspe=no
           -mvrsave -mno-vrsave -mfloat-gprs=yes  -mfloat-gprs=no
           -mfloat-gprs=single -mfloat-gprs=double -mprototype  -mno-prototype
           -msim  -mmvme  -mads  -myellowknife  -memb  -msdata -msdata=opt
           -mvxworks  -mwindiss  -G num  -pthread

           S/390 and zSeries Options -mtune=cpu-type  -march=cpu-type
           -mhard-float  -msoft-float -mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-128
           -mbackchain  -mno-backchain -mpacked-stack  -mno-packed-stack
           -msmall-exec  -mno-small-exec  -mmvcle -mno-mvcle -m64  -m31  -mde-
           bug  -mno-debug  -mesa  -mzarch -mtpf-trace -mno-tpf-trace
           -mfused-madd  -mno-fused-madd -mwarn-framesize  -mwarn-dynamicstack
           -mstack-size -mstack-guard

           SH Options -m1  -m2  -m2e  -m3  -m3e -m4-nofpu  -m4-single-only
           -m4-single  -m4 -m4a-nofpu -m4a-single-only -m4a-single -m4a -m4al
           -m5-64media  -m5-64media-nofpu -m5-32media  -m5-32media-nofpu
           -m5-compact  -m5-compact-nofpu -mb  -ml  -mdalign  -mrelax
           -mbigtable  -mfmovd  -mhitachi -mrenesas -mno-renesas -mnomacsave
           -mieee  -misize  -mpadstruct  -mspace -mprefergot  -musermode
           -multcost=number -mdiv=strategy -mdivsi3_libfunc=name -mad-
           just-unroll -mindexed-addressing -mgettrcost=number -mpt-fixed
            -minvalid-symbols

           SPARC Options -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mcmodel=code-model
           -m32  -m64  -mapp-regs  -mno-app-regs -mfaster-structs
           -mno-faster-structs -mfpu  -mno-fpu  -mhard-float  -msoft-float
           -mhard-quad-float  -msoft-quad-float -mimpure-text
           -mno-impure-text  -mlittle-endian -mstack-bias  -mno-stack-bias
           -munaligned-doubles  -mno-unaligned-doubles -mv8plus  -mno-v8plus
           -mvis  -mno-vis -threads -pthreads -pthread

           System V Options -Qy  -Qn  -YP,paths  -Ym,dir

           TMS320C3x/C4x Options -mcpu=cpu  -mbig  -msmall  -mregparm  -mmem-
           parm -mfast-fix  -mmpyi  -mbk  -mti  -mdp-isr-reload -mrpts=count
           -mrptb  -mdb  -mloop-unsigned -mparallel-insns  -mparallel-mpy
           -mpreserve-float

           V850 Options -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls  -mep  -mno-ep -mpro-
           log-function  -mno-prolog-function  -mspace -mtda=n  -msda=n
           -mzda=n -mapp-regs  -mno-app-regs -mdisable-callt  -mno-dis-
           able-callt -mv850e1 -mv850e -mv850  -mbig-switch

           VAX Options -mg  -mgnu  -munix

           x86-64 Options See i386 and x86-64 Options.

           Xstormy16 Options -msim

           Xtensa Options -mconst16 -mno-const16 -mfused-madd  -mno-fused-madd
           -mtext-section-literals  -mno-text-section-literals -mtarget-align
           -mno-target-align -mlongcalls  -mno-longcalls

           zSeries Options See S/390 and zSeries Options.

       Code Generation Options
           -fcall-saved-reg  -fcall-used-reg -ffixed-reg  -fexceptions
           -fnon-call-exceptions  -funwind-tables -fasynchronous-unwind-tables
           -finhibit-size-directive  -finstrument-functions -fno-common
           -fno-ident -fpcc-struct-return  -fpic  -fPIC -fpie -fPIE
           -fno-jump-tables -freg-struct-return  -fshared-data  -fshort-enums
           -fshort-double  -fshort-wchar -fverbose-asm  -fpack-struct[=n]
           -fstack-check -fstack-limit-register=reg  -fstack-limit-symbol=sym
           -fno-stack-limit  -fargument-alias  -fargument-noalias -fargu-
           ment-noalias-global  -fleading-underscore -ftls-model=model -ftrapv
           -fwrapv  -fbounds-check -fvisibility  -fopenmp

       Options Controlling the Kind of Output

       Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
       proper, assembly and linking, always in that order.  GCC is capable of
       preprocessing and compiling several files either into several assembler
       input files, or into one assembler input file; then each assembler
       input file produces an object file, and linking combines all the object
       files (those newly compiled, and those specified as input) into an exe-
       cutable file.

       For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
       compilation is done:

       file.c
           C source code which must be preprocessed.

       file.i
           C source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.ii
           C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.m
           Objective-C source code.  Note that you must link with the libobjc
           library to make an Objective-C program work.

       file.mi
           Objective-C source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.mm
       file.M
           Objective-C++ source code.  Note that you must link with the
           libobjc library to make an Objective-C++ program work.  Note that
           .M refers to a literal capital M.

       file.mii
           Objective-C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.h
           C, C++, Objective-C or Objective-C++ header file to be turned into
           a precompiled header.

       file.cc
       file.cp
       file.cxx
       file.cpp
       file.CPP
       file.c++
       file.C
           C++ source code which must be preprocessed.  Note that in .cxx, the
           last two letters must both be literally x.  Likewise, .C refers to
           a literal capital C.

       file.mm
       file.M
           Objective-C++ source code which must be preprocessed.

       file.mii
           Objective-C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.hh
       file.H
           C++ header file to be turned into a precompiled header.

       file.f
       file.for
       file.FOR
           Fixed form Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.F
       file.fpp
       file.FPP
           Fixed form Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the
           traditional preprocessor).

       file.f90
       file.f95
           Free form Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.

       file.F90
       file.F95
           Free form Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the
           traditional preprocessor).

       file.ads
           Ada source code file which contains a library unit declaration (a
           declaration of a package, subprogram, or generic, or a generic
           instantiation), or a library unit renaming declaration (a package,
           generic, or subprogram renaming declaration).  Such files are also
           called specs.

       file.adb
           Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a subprogram
           or package body).  Such files are also called bodies.

       file.s
           Assembler code.

       file.S
           Assembler code which must be preprocessed.

       other
           An object file to be fed straight into linking.  Any file name with
           no recognized suffix is treated this way.

       You can specify the input language explicitly with the -x option:

       -x language
           Specify explicitly the language for the following input files
           (rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the
           file name suffix).  This option applies to all following input
           files until the next -x option.  Possible values for language are:

                   c  c-header  c-cpp-output
                   c++  c++-header  c++-cpp-output
                   objective-c  objective-c-header  objective-c-cpp-output
                   objective-c++ objective-c++-header objective-c++-cpp-output
                   assembler  assembler-with-cpp
                   ada
                   f95  f95-cpp-input
                   java
                   treelang

       -x none
           Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files
           are handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if
           -x has not been used at all).

       -pass-exit-codes
           Normally the gcc program will exit with the code of 1 if any phase
           of the compiler returns a non-success return code.  If you specify
           -pass-exit-codes, the gcc program will instead return with numeri-
           cally highest error produced by any phase that returned an error
           indication.

       If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use -x (or
       filename suffixes) to tell gcc where to start, and one of the options
       -c, -S, or -E to say where gcc is to stop.  Note that some combinations
       (for example, -x cpp-output -E) instruct gcc to do nothing at all.

       -c  Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link.  The linking
           stage simply is not done.  The ultimate output is in the form of an
           object file for each source file.

           By default, the object file name for a source file is made by
           replacing the suffix .c, .i, .s, etc., with .o.

           Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly,
           are ignored.

       -S  Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble.  The
           output is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assem-
           bler input file specified.

           By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
           replacing the suffix .c, .i, etc., with .s.

           Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.

       -E  Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper.
           The output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is
           sent to the standard output.

           Input files which don't require preprocessing are ignored.

       -o file
           Place output in file file.  This applies regardless to whatever
           sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file,
           an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.

           If -o is not specified, the default is to put an executable file in
           a.out, the object file for source.suffix in source.o, its assembler
           file in source.s, a precompiled header file in source.suffix.gch,
           and all preprocessed C source on standard output.

       -v  Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the
           stages of compilation.  Also print the version number of the com-
           piler driver program and of the preprocessor and the compiler
           proper.

       -###
           Like -v except the commands are not executed and all command argu-
           ments are quoted.  This is useful for shell scripts to capture the
           driver-generated command lines.

       -pipe
           Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
           various stages of compilation.  This fails to work on some systems
           where the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU
           assembler has no trouble.

       -combine
           If you are compiling multiple source files, this option tells the
           driver to pass all the source files to the compiler at once (for
           those languages for which the compiler can handle this).  This will
           allow intermodule analysis (IMA) to be performed by the compiler.
           Currently the only language for which this is supported is C.  If
           you pass source files for multiple languages to the driver, using
           this option, the driver will invoke the compiler(s) that support
           IMA once each, passing each compiler all the source files appropri-
           ate for it.  For those languages that do not support IMA this
           option will be ignored, and the compiler will be invoked once for
           each source file in that language.  If you use this option in con-
           junction with -save-temps, the compiler will generate multiple pre-
           processed files (one for each source file), but only one (combined)
           .o or .s file.

       --help
           Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line
           options understood by gcc.  If the -v option is also specified then
           --help will also be passed on to the various processes invoked by
           gcc, so that they can display the command line options they accept.
           If the -Wextra option is also specified then command line options
           which have no documentation associated with them will also be dis-
           played.

       --target-help
           Print (on the standard output) a description of target specific
           command line options for each tool.

       --version
           Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked GCC.

       Compiling C++ Programs

       C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes .C, .cc, .cpp,
       .CPP, .c++, .cp, or .cxx; C++ header files often use .hh or .H; and
       preprocessed C++ files use the suffix .ii.  GCC recognizes files with
       these names and compiles them as C++ programs even if you call the com-
       piler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually with the name
       gcc).

       However, C++ programs often require class libraries as well as a com-
       piler that understands the C++ language---and under some circumstances,
       you might want to compile programs or header files from standard input,
       or otherwise without a suffix that flags them as C++ programs.  You
       might also like to precompile a C header file with a .h extension to be
       used in C++ compilations.  g++ is a program that calls GCC with the
       default language set to C++, and automatically specifies linking
       against the C++ library.  On many systems, g++ is also installed with
       the name c++.

       When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the same com-
       mand-line options that you use for compiling programs in any language;
       or command-line options meaningful for C and related languages; or
       options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.

       Options Controlling C Dialect

       The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
       from C, such as C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++) that the compiler
       accepts:

       -ansi
           In C mode, support all ISO C90 programs.  In C++ mode, remove GNU
           extensions that conflict with ISO C++.

           This turns off certain features of GCC that are incompatible with
           ISO C90 (when compiling C code), or of standard C++ (when compiling
           C++ code), such as the "asm" and "typeof" keywords, and predefined
           macros such as "unix" and "vax" that identify the type of system
           you are using.  It also enables the undesirable and rarely used ISO
           trigraph feature.  For the C compiler, it disables recognition of
           C++ style // comments as well as the "inline" keyword.

           The alternate keywords "__asm__", "__extension__", "__inline__" and
           "__typeof__" continue to work despite -ansi.  You would not want to
           use them in an ISO C program, of course, but it is useful to put
           them in header files that might be included in compilations done
           with -ansi.  Alternate predefined macros such as "__unix__" and
           "__vax__" are also available, with or without -ansi.

           The -ansi option does not cause non-ISO programs to be rejected
           gratuitously.  For that, -pedantic is required in addition to
           -ansi.

           The macro "__STRICT_ANSI__" is predefined when the -ansi option is
           used.  Some header files may notice this macro and refrain from
           declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the ISO
           standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
           programs that might use these names for other things.

           Functions which would normally be built in but do not have seman-
           tics defined by ISO C (such as "alloca" and "ffs") are not built-in
           functions with -ansi is used.

       -std=
           Determine the language standard.  This option is currently only
           supported when compiling C or C++.  A value for this option must be
           provided; possible values are

           c89
           iso9899:1990
               ISO C90 (same as -ansi).

           iso9899:199409
               ISO C90 as modified in amendment 1.

           c99
           c9x
           iso9899:1999
           iso9899:199x
               ISO C99.  Note that this standard is not yet fully supported;
               see <http://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-4.1/c99status.html> for more infor-
               mation.  The names c9x and iso9899:199x are deprecated.

           gnu89
               Default, ISO C90 plus GNU extensions (including some C99 fea-
               tures).

           gnu99
           gnu9x
               ISO C99 plus GNU extensions.  When ISO C99 is fully implemented
               in GCC, this will become the default.  The name gnu9x is depre-
               cated.

           c++98
               The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.

           gnu++98
               The same as -std=c++98 plus GNU extensions.  This is the
               default for C++ code.

           Even when this option is not specified, you can still use some of
           the features of newer standards in so far as they do not conflict
           with previous C standards.  For example, you may use "__restrict__"
           even when -std=c99 is not specified.

           The -std options specifying some version of ISO C have the same
           effects as -ansi, except that features that were not in ISO C90 but
           are in the specified version (for example, // comments and the
           "inline" keyword in ISO C99) are not disabled.

       -fgnu89-inline
           The option -fgnu89-inline tells GCC to use the traditional GNU
           semantics for "inline" functions when in C99 mode.
             Using this option is roughly equivalent to adding the
           "gnu_inline" function attribute to all inline functions.

           This option is accepted by GCC versions 4.1.3 and up.  In GCC ver-
           sions prior to 4.3, C99 inline semantics are not supported, and
           thus this option is effectively assumed to be present regardless of
           whether or not it is specified; the only effect of specifying it
           explicitly is to disable warnings about using inline functions in
           C99 mode.  Likewise, the option -fno-gnu89-inline is not supported
           in versions of GCC before 4.3.  It will be supported only in C99 or
           gnu99 mode, not in C89 or gnu89 mode.

           The preprocesor macros "__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__" and
           "__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__" may be used to check which semantics are in
           effect for "inline" functions.

       -aux-info filename
           Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all func-
           tions declared and/or defined in a translation unit, including
           those in header files.  This option is silently ignored in any lan-
           guage other than C.

           Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments, the origin
           of each declaration (source file and line), whether the declaration
           was implicit, prototyped or unprototyped (I, N for new or O for
           old, respectively, in the first character after the line number and
           the colon), and whether it came from a declaration or a definition
           (C or F, respectively, in the following character).  In the case of
           function definitions, a K&R-style list of arguments followed by
           their declarations is also provided, inside comments, after the
           declaration.

       -fno-asm
           Do not recognize "asm", "inline" or "typeof" as a keyword, so that
           code can use these words as identifiers.  You can use the keywords
           "__asm__", "__inline__" and "__typeof__" instead.  -ansi implies
           -fno-asm.

           In C++, this switch only affects the "typeof" keyword, since "asm"
           and "inline" are standard keywords.  You may want to use the
           -fno-gnu-keywords flag instead, which has the same effect.  In C99
           mode (-std=c99 or -std=gnu99), this switch only affects the "asm"
           and "typeof" keywords, since "inline" is a standard keyword in ISO
           C99.

       -fno-builtin
       -fno-builtin-function
           Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin with
           __builtin_ as prefix.

           GCC normally generates special code to handle certain built-in
           functions more efficiently; for instance, calls to "alloca" may
           become single instructions that adjust the stack directly, and
           calls to "memcpy" may become inline copy loops.  The resulting code
           is often both smaller and faster, but since the function calls no
           longer appear as such, you cannot set a breakpoint on those calls,
           nor can you change the behavior of the functions by linking with a
           different library.  In addition, when a function is recognized as a
           built-in function, GCC may use information about that function to
           warn about problems with calls to that function, or to generate
           more efficient code, even if the resulting code still contains
           calls to that function.  For example, warnings are given with
           -Wformat for bad calls to "printf", when "printf" is built in, and
           "strlen" is known not to modify global memory.

           With the -fno-builtin-function option only the built-in function
           function is disabled.  function must not begin with __builtin_.  If
           a function is named this is not built-in in this version of GCC,
           this option is ignored.  There is no corresponding -fbuiltin-func-
           tion option; if you wish to enable built-in functions selectively
           when using -fno-builtin or -ffreestanding, you may define macros
           such as:

                   #define abs(n)          __builtin_abs ((n))
                   #define strcpy(d, s)    __builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))

       -fhosted
           Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment.  This
           implies -fbuiltin.  A hosted environment is one in which the entire
           standard library is available, and in which "main" has a return
           type of "int".  Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
           This is equivalent to -fno-freestanding.

       -ffreestanding
           Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment.
           This implies -fno-builtin.  A freestanding environment is one in
           which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
           not necessarily be at "main".  The most obvious example is an OS
           kernel.  This is equivalent to -fno-hosted.

       -fms-extensions
           Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files.

           Some cases of unnamed fields in structures and unions are only
           accepted with this option.

       -trigraphs
           Support ISO C trigraphs.  The -ansi option (and -std options for
           strict ISO C conformance) implies -trigraphs.

       -no-integrated-cpp
           Performs a compilation in two passes: preprocessing and compiling.
           This option allows a user supplied "cc1", "cc1plus", or "cc1obj"
           via the -B option.  The user supplied compilation step can then add
           in an additional preprocessing step after normal preprocessing but
           before compiling.  The default is to use the integrated cpp (inter-
           nal cpp)

           The semantics of this option will change if "cc1", "cc1plus", and
           "cc1obj" are merged.

       -traditional
       -traditional-cpp
           Formerly, these options caused GCC to attempt to emulate a pre-
           standard C compiler.  They are now only supported with the -E
           switch.  The preprocessor continues to support a pre-standard mode.
           See the GNU CPP manual for details.

       -fcond-mismatch
           Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second
           and third arguments.  The value of such an expression is void.
           This option is not supported for C++.

       -funsigned-char
           Let the type "char" be unsigned, like "unsigned char".

           Each kind of machine has a default for what "char" should be.  It
           is either like "unsigned char" by default or like "signed char" by
           default.

           Ideally, a portable program should always use "signed char" or
           "unsigned char" when it depends on the signedness of an object.
           But many programs have been written to use plain "char" and expect
           it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
           machines they were written for.  This option, and its inverse, let
           you make such a program work with the opposite default.

           The type "char" is always a distinct type from each of "signed
           char" or "unsigned char", even though its behavior is always just
           like one of those two.

       -fsigned-char
           Let the type "char" be signed, like "signed char".

           Note that this is equivalent to -fno-unsigned-char, which is the
           negative form of -funsigned-char.  Likewise, the option
           -fno-signed-char is equivalent to -funsigned-char.

       -fsigned-bitfields
       -funsigned-bitfields
       -fno-signed-bitfields
       -fno-unsigned-bitfields
           These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned,
           when the declaration does not use either "signed" or "unsigned".
           By default, such a bit-field is signed, because this is consistent:
           the basic integer types such as "int" are signed types.

       Options Controlling C++ Dialect

       This section describes the command-line options that are only meaning-
       ful for C++ programs; but you can also use most of the GNU compiler
       options regardless of what language your program is in.  For example,
       you might compile a file "firstClass.C" like this:

               g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C

       In this example, only -frepo is an option meant only for C++ programs;
       you can use the other options with any language supported by GCC.

       Here is a list of options that are only for compiling C++ programs:

       -fabi-version=n
           Use version n of the C++ ABI.  Version 2 is the version of the C++
           ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.4.  Version 1 is the version of
           the C++ ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.2.  Version 0 will always
           be the version that conforms most closely to the C++ ABI specifica-
           tion.  Therefore, the ABI obtained using version 0 will change as
           ABI bugs are fixed.

           The default is version 2.

       -fno-access-control
           Turn off all access checking.  This switch is mainly useful for
           working around bugs in the access control code.

       -fcheck-new
           Check that the pointer returned by "operator new" is non-null
           before attempting to modify the storage allocated.  This check is
           normally unnecessary because the C++ standard specifies that "oper-
           ator new" will only return 0 if it is declared tthhrrooww(()), in which
           case the compiler will always check the return value even without
           this option.  In all other cases, when "operator new" has a non-
           empty exception specification, memory exhaustion is signalled by
           throwing "std::bad_alloc".  See also new (nothrow).

       -fconserve-space
           Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global variables into the
           common segment, as C does.  This saves space in the executable at
           the cost of not diagnosing duplicate definitions.  If you compile
           with this flag and your program mysteriously crashes after "main()"
           has completed, you may have an object that is being destroyed twice
           because two definitions were merged.

           This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that support
           has been added for putting variables into BSS without making them
           common.

       -ffriend-injection
           Inject friend functions into the enclosing namespace, so that they
           are visible outside the scope of the class in which they are
           declared.  Friend functions were documented to work this way in the
           old Annotated C++ Reference Manual, and versions of G++ before 4.1
           always worked that way.  However, in ISO C++ a friend function
           which is not declared in an enclosing scope can only be found using
           argument dependent lookup.  This option causes friends to be
           injected as they were in earlier releases.

           This option is for compatibility, and may be removed in a future
           release of G++.

       -fno-const-strings
           Give string constants type "char *" instead of type "const char *".
           By default, G++ uses type "const char *" as required by the stan-
           dard.  Even if you use -fno-const-strings, you cannot actually mod-
           ify the value of a string constant.

           This option might be removed in a future release of G++.  For maxi-
           mum portability, you should structure your code so that it works
           with string constants that have type "const char *".

       -fno-elide-constructors
           The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a tempo-
           rary which is only used to initialize another object of the same
           type.  Specifying this option disables that optimization, and
           forces G++ to call the copy constructor in all cases.

       -fno-enforce-eh-specs
           Don't generate code to check for violation of exception specifica-
           tions at runtime.  This option violates the C++ standard, but may
           be useful for reducing code size in production builds, much like
           defining NDEBUG.  This does not give user code permission to throw
           exceptions in violation of the exception specifications; the com-
           piler will still optimize based on the specifications, so throwing
           an unexpected exception will result in undefined behavior.

       -ffor-scope
       -fno-for-scope
           If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in a
           for-init-statement is limited to the for loop itself, as specified
           by the C++ standard.  If -fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of
           variables declared in a for-init-statement extends to the end of
           the enclosing scope, as was the case in old versions of G++, and
           other (traditional) implementations of C++.

           The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard, but to
           allow and give a warning for old-style code that would otherwise be
           invalid, or have different behavior.

       -fno-gnu-keywords
           Do not recognize "typeof" as a keyword, so that code can use this
           word as an identifier.  You can use the keyword "__typeof__"
           instead.  -ansi implies -fno-gnu-keywords.

       -fno-implicit-templates
           Never emit code for non-inline templates which are instantiated
           implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantia-
           tions.

       -fno-implicit-inline-templates
           Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates,
           either.  The default is to handle inlines differently so that com-
           piles with and without optimization will need the same set of
           explicit instantiations.

       -fno-implement-inlines
           To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
           controlled by #pragma implementation.  This will cause linker
           errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are
           called.

       -fms-extensions
           Disable pedantic warnings about constructs used in MFC, such as
           implicit int and getting a pointer to member function via non-stan-
           dard syntax.

       -fno-nonansi-builtins
           Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by
           ANSI/ISO C.  These include "ffs", "alloca", "_exit", "index",
           "bzero", "conjf", and other related functions.

       -fno-operator-names
           Do not treat the operator name keywords "and", "bitand", "bitor",
           "compl", "not", "or" and "xor" as synonyms as keywords.

       -fno-optional-diags
           Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need
           to issue.  Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the
           one for a name having multiple meanings within a class.

       -fpermissive
           Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to
           warnings.  Thus, using -fpermissive will allow some nonconforming
           code to compile.

       -frepo
           Enable automatic template instantiation at link time.  This option
           also implies -fno-implicit-templates.

       -fno-rtti
           Disable generation of information about every class with virtual
           functions for use by the C++ runtime type identification features
           (dynamic_cast and typeid).  If you don't use those parts of the
           language, you can save some space by using this flag.  Note that
           exception handling uses the same information, but it will generate
           it as needed.

       -fstats
           Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compi-
           lation.  This information is generally only useful to the G++
           development team.

       -ftemplate-depth-n
           Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to n.  A
           limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect end-
           less recursions during template class instantiation.  ANSI/ISO C++
           conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than
           17.

       -fno-threadsafe-statics
           Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the C++
           ABI for thread-safe initialization of local statics.  You can use
           this option to reduce code size slightly in code that doesn't need
           to be thread-safe.

       -fuse-cxa-atexit
           Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with
           the "__cxa_atexit" function rather than the "atexit" function.
           This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of
           static destructors, but will only work if your C library supports
           "__cxa_atexit".

       -fvisibility-inlines-hidden
           Causes all inlined methods to be marked with "__attribute__ ((visi-
           bility ("hidden")))" so that they do not appear in the export table
           of a DSO and do not require a PLT indirection when used within the
           DSO.  Enabling this option can have a dramatic effect on load and
           link times of a DSO as it massively reduces the size of the dynamic
           export table when the library makes heavy use of templates.

           You may mark a method as having a visibility explicitly to negate
           the effect of the switch for that method.  For example, if you do
           want to compare pointers to a particular inline method, or the
           method has local static data, you might mark it as having default
           visibility.

       -fno-weak
           Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the
           linker.  By default, G++ will use weak symbols if they are avail-
           able.  This option exists only for testing, and should not be used
           by end-users; it will result in inferior code and has no benefits.
           This option may be removed in a future release of G++.

       -nostdinc++
           Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific
           to C++, but do still search the other standard directories.  (This
           option is used when building the C++ library.)

       In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options
       have meanings only for C++ programs:

       -fno-default-inline
           Do not assume inline for functions defined inside a class scope.
             Note that these functions will have linkage like inline func-
           tions; they just won't be inlined by default.

       -Wabi (C++ only)
           Warn when G++ generates code that is probably not compatible with
           the vendor-neutral C++ ABI.  Although an effort has been made to
           warn about all such cases, there are probably some cases that are
           not warned about, even though G++ is generating incompatible code.
           There may also be cases where warnings are emitted even though the
           code that is generated will be compatible.

           You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings if you are
           concerned about the fact that code generated by G++ may not be
           binary compatible with code generated by other compilers.

           The known incompatibilities at this point include:

           *   Incorrect handling of tail-padding for bit-fields.  G++ may
               attempt to pack data into the same byte as a base class.  For
               example:

                       struct A { virtual void f(); int f1 : 1; };
                       struct B : public A { int f2 : 1; };

               In this case, G++ will place "B::f2" into the same byte
               as"A::f1"; other compilers will not.  You can avoid this prob-
               lem by explicitly padding "A" so that its size is a multiple of
               the byte size on your platform; that will cause G++ and other
               compilers to layout "B" identically.

           *   Incorrect handling of tail-padding for virtual bases.  G++ does
               not use tail padding when laying out virtual bases.  For exam-
               ple:

                       struct A { virtual void f(); char c1; };
                       struct B { B(); char c2; };
                       struct C : public A, public virtual B {};

               In this case, G++ will not place "B" into the tail-padding for
               "A"; other compilers will.  You can avoid this problem by
               explicitly padding "A" so that its size is a multiple of its
               alignment (ignoring virtual base classes); that will cause G++
               and other compilers to layout "C" identically.

           *   Incorrect handling of bit-fields with declared widths greater
               than that of their underlying types, when the bit-fields appear
               in a union.  For example:

                       union U { int i : 4096; };

               Assuming that an "int" does not have 4096 bits, G++ will make
               the union too small by the number of bits in an "int".

           *   Empty classes can be placed at incorrect offsets.  For example:

                       struct A {};

                       struct B {
                         A a;
                         virtual void f ();
                       };

                       struct C : public B, public A {};

               G++ will place the "A" base class of "C" at a nonzero offset;
               it should be placed at offset zero.  G++ mistakenly believes
               that the "A" data member of "B" is already at offset zero.

           *   Names of template functions whose types involve "typename" or
               template template parameters can be mangled incorrectly.

                       template <typename Q>
                       void f(typename Q::X) {}

                       template <template <typename> class Q>
                       void f(typename Q<int>::X) {}

               Instantiations of these templates may be mangled incorrectly.

       -Wctor-dtor-privacy (C++ only)
           Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or
           destructors in that class are private, and it has neither friends
           nor public static member functions.

       -Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++ only)
           Warn when a class appears to be polymorphic, thereby requiring a
           virtual destructor, yet it declares a non-virtual one.  This warn-
           ing is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wreorder (C++ only)
           Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does
           not match the order in which they must be executed.  For instance:

                   struct A {
                     int i;
                     int j;
                     A(): j (0), i (1) { }
                   };

           The compiler will rearrange the member initializers for i and j to
           match the declaration order of the members, emitting a warning to
           that effect.  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       The following -W... options are not affected by -Wall.

       -Weffc++ (C++ only)
           Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott
           Meyers' Effective C++ book:

           *   Item 11:  Define a copy constructor and an assignment operator
               for classes with dynamically allocated memory.

           *   Item 12:  Prefer initialization to assignment in constructors.

           *   Item 14:  Make destructors virtual in base classes.

           *   Item 15:  Have "operator=" return a reference to *this.

           *   Item 23:  Don't try to return a reference when you must return
               an object.

           Also warn about violations of the following style guidelines from
           Scott Meyers' More Effective C++ book:

           *   Item 6:  Distinguish between prefix and postfix forms of incre-
               ment and decrement operators.

           *   Item 7:  Never overload "&&", "||", or ",".

           When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library
           headers do not obey all of these guidelines; use grep -v to filter
           out those warnings.

       -Wno-deprecated (C++ only)
           Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.

       -Wstrict-null-sentinel (C++ only)
           Warn also about the use of an uncasted "NULL" as sentinel.  When
           compiling only with GCC this is a valid sentinel, as "NULL" is
           defined to "__null".  Although it is a null pointer constant not a
           null pointer, it is guaranteed to of the same size as a pointer.
           But this use is not portable across different compilers.

       -Wno-non-template-friend (C++ only)
           Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
           within a template.  Since the advent of explicit template specifi-
           cation support in G++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-
           id (i.e., friend foo(int)), the C++ language specification demands
           that the friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate
           function.  (Section 14.5.3).  Before G++ implemented explicit spec-
           ification, unqualified-ids could be interpreted as a particular
           specialization of a templatized function.  Because this non-con-
           forming behavior is no longer the default behavior for G++,
           -Wnon-template-friend allows the compiler to check existing code
           for potential trouble spots and is on by default.  This new com-
           piler behavior can be turned off with -Wno-non-template-friend
           which keeps the conformant compiler code but disables the helpful
           warning.

       -Wold-style-cast (C++ only)
           Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast to a non-void type is used
           within a C++ program.  The new-style casts (dynamic_cast,
           static_cast, reinterpret_cast, and const_cast) are less vulnerable
           to unintended effects and much easier to search for.

       -Woverloaded-virtual (C++ only)
           Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a
           base class.  For example, in:

                   struct A {
                     virtual void f();
                   };

                   struct B: public A {
                     void f(int);
                   };

           the "A" class version of "f" is hidden in "B", and code like:

                   B* b;
                   b->f();

           will fail to compile.

       -Wno-pmf-conversions (C++ only)
           Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member
           function to a plain pointer.

       -Wsign-promo (C++ only)
           Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
           enumerated type to a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned
           type of the same size.  Previous versions of G++ would try to pre-
           serve unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.

                   struct A {
                     operator int ();
                     A& operator = (int);
                   };

                   main ()
                   {
                     A a,b;
                     a = b;
                   }

           In this example, G++ will synthesize a default A& operator = (const
           A&);, while cfront will use the user-defined operator =.

       Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialects

       (NOTE: This manual does not describe the Objective-C and Objective-C++
       languages themselves.  See

       This section describes the command-line options that are only meaning-
       ful for Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs, but you can also use
       most of the language-independent GNU compiler options.  For example,
       you might compile a file "some_class.m" like this:

               gcc -g -fgnu-runtime -O -c some_class.m

       In this example, -fgnu-runtime is an option meant only for Objective-C
       and Objective-C++ programs; you can use the other options with any
       language supported by GCC.

       Note that since Objective-C is an extension of the C language, Objec-
       tive-C compilations may also use options specific to the C front-end
       (e.g., -Wtraditional).  Similarly, Objective-C++ compilations may use
       C++-specific options (e.g., -Wabi).

       Here is a list of options that are only for compiling Objective-C and
       Objective-C++ programs:

       -fconstant-string-class=class-name
           Use class-name as the name of the class to instantiate for each
           literal string specified with the syntax "@"..."".  The default
           class name is "NXConstantString" if the GNU runtime is being used,
           and "NSConstantString" if the NeXT runtime is being used (see
           below).  The -fconstant-cfstrings option, if also present, will
           override the -fconstant-string-class setting and cause "@"...""
           literals to be laid out as constant CoreFoundation strings.

       -fgnu-runtime
           Generate object code compatible with the standard GNU Objective-C
           runtime.  This is the default for most types of systems.

       -fnext-runtime
           Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime.  This is the
           default for NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac OS X.  The
           macro "__NEXT_RUNTIME__" is predefined if (and only if) this option
           is used.

       -fno-nil-receivers
           Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches (e.g., "[receiver
           message:arg]") in this translation unit ensure that the receiver is
           not "nil".  This allows for more efficient entry points in the run-
           time to be used.  Currently, this option is only available in con-
           junction with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.3 and later.

       -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors
           For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables
           is a C++ object with a non-trivial default constructor.  If so,
           synthesize a special "- (id) .cxx_construct" instance method that
           will run non-trivial default constructors on any such instance
           variables, in order, and then return "self".  Similarly, check if
           any instance variable is a C++ object with a non-trivial destruc-
           tor, and if so, synthesize a special "- (void) .cxx_destruct"
           method that will run all such default destructors, in reverse
           order.

           The "- (id) .cxx_construct" and/or "- (void) .cxx_destruct" methods
           thusly generated will only operate on instance variables declared
           in the current Objective-C class, and not those inherited from
           superclasses.  It is the responsibility of the Objective-C runtime
           to invoke all such methods in an object's inheritance hierarchy.
           The "- (id) .cxx_construct" methods will be invoked by the runtime
           immediately after a new object instance is allocated; the "- (void)
           .cxx_destruct" methods will be invoked immediately before the run-
           time deallocates an object instance.

           As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.4 and
           later has support for invoking the "- (id) .cxx_construct" and "-
           (void) .cxx_destruct" methods.

       -fobjc-direct-dispatch
           Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher.  On Darwin this is
           accomplished via the comm page.

       -fobjc-exceptions
           Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in
           Objective-C, similar to what is offered by C++ and Java.  Cur-
           rently, this option is only available in conjunction with the NeXT
           runtime on Mac OS X 10.3 and later.

                     @try {
                       ...
                          @throw expr;
                       ...
                     }
                     @catch (AnObjCClass *exc) {
                       ...
                         @throw expr;
                       ...
                         @throw;
                       ...
                     }
                     @catch (AnotherClass *exc) {
                       ...
                     }
                     @catch (id allOthers) {
                       ...
                     }
                     @finally {
                       ...
                         @throw expr;
                       ...
                     }

           The @throw statement may appear anywhere in an Objective-C or
           Objective-C++ program; when used inside of a @catch block, the
           @throw may appear without an argument (as shown above), in which
           case the object caught by the @catch will be rethrown.

           Note that only (pointers to) Objective-C objects may be thrown and
           caught using this scheme.  When an object is thrown, it will be
           caught by the nearest @catch clause capable of handling objects of
           that type, analogously to how "catch" blocks work in C++ and Java.
           A "@catch(id ...)" clause (as shown above) may also be provided to
           catch any and all Objective-C exceptions not caught by previous
           @catch clauses (if any).

           The @finally clause, if present, will be executed upon exit from
           the immediately preceding "@try ... @catch" section.  This will
           happen regardless of whether any exceptions are thrown, caught or
           rethrown inside the "@try ... @catch" section, analogously to the
           behavior of the "finally" clause in Java.

           There are several caveats to using the new exception mechanism:

           *   Although currently designed to be binary compatible with
               "NS_HANDLER"-style idioms provided by the "NSException" class,
               the new exceptions can only be used on Mac OS X 10.3 (Panther)
               and later systems, due to additional functionality needed in
               the (NeXT) Objective-C runtime.

           *   As mentioned above, the new exceptions do not support handling
               types other than Objective-C objects.   Furthermore, when used
               from Objective-C++, the Objective-C exception model does not
               interoperate with C++ exceptions at this time.  This means you
               cannot @throw an exception from Objective-C and "catch" it in
               C++, or vice versa (i.e., "throw ... @catch").

           The -fobjc-exceptions switch also enables the use of synchroniza-
           tion blocks for thread-safe execution:

                     @synchronized (ObjCClass *guard) {
                       ...
                     }

           Upon entering the @synchronized block, a thread of execution shall
           first check whether a lock has been placed on the corresponding
           "guard" object by another thread.  If it has, the current thread
           shall wait until the other thread relinquishes its lock.  Once
           "guard" becomes available, the current thread will place its own
           lock on it, execute the code contained in the @synchronized block,
           and finally relinquish the lock (thereby making "guard" available
           to other threads).

           Unlike Java, Objective-C does not allow for entire methods to be
           marked @synchronized.  Note that throwing exceptions out of @syn-
           chronized blocks is allowed, and will cause the guarding object to
           be unlocked properly.

       -fobjc-gc
           Enable garbage collection (GC) in Objective-C and Objective-C++
           programs.

       -freplace-objc-classes
           Emit a special marker instructing lldd(1) not to statically link in
           the resulting object file, and allow ddyylldd(1) to load it in at run
           time instead.  This is used in conjunction with the Fix-and-Con-
           tinue debugging mode, where the object file in question may be
           recompiled and dynamically reloaded in the course of program execu-
           tion, without the need to restart the program itself.  Currently,
           Fix-and-Continue functionality is only available in conjunction
           with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.3 and later.

       -fzero-link
           When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily
           replaces calls to "objc_getClass("...")" (when the name of the
           class is known at compile time) with static class references that
           get initialized at load time, which improves run-time performance.
           Specifying the -fzero-link flag suppresses this behavior and causes
           calls to "objc_getClass("...")"  to be retained.  This is useful in
           Zero-Link debugging mode, since it allows for individual class
           implementations to be modified during program execution.

       -gen-decls
           Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file
           to a file named sourcename.decl.

       -Wassign-intercept
           Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the
           garbage collector.

       -Wno-protocol
           If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued
           for every method in the protocol that is not implemented by the
           class.  The default behavior is to issue a warning for every method
           not explicitly implemented in the class, even if a method implemen-
           tation is inherited from the superclass.  If you use the -Wno-pro-
           tocol option, then methods inherited from the superclass are con-
           sidered to be implemented, and no warning is issued for them.

       -Wselector
           Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector
           are found during compilation.  The check is performed on the list
           of methods in the final stage of compilation.  Additionally, a
           check is performed for each selector appearing in a "@selec-
           tor(...)"  expression, and a corresponding method for that selector
           has been found during compilation.  Because these checks scan the
           method table only at the end of compilation, these warnings are not
           produced if the final stage of compilation is not reached, for
           example because an error is found during compilation, or because
           the -fsyntax-only option is being used.

       -Wstrict-selector-match
           Warn if multiple methods with differing argument and/or return
           types are found for a given selector when attempting to send a mes-
           sage using this selector to a receiver of type "id" or "Class".
           When this flag is off (which is the default behavior), the compiler
           will omit such warnings if any differences found are confined to
           types which share the same size and alignment.

       -Wundeclared-selector
           Warn if a "@selector(...)" expression referring to an undeclared
           selector is found.  A selector is considered undeclared if no
           method with that name has been declared before the "@selector(...)"
           expression, either explicitly in an @interface or @protocol decla-
           ration, or implicitly in an @implementation section.  This option
           always performs its checks as soon as a "@selector(...)" expression
           is found, while -Wselector only performs its checks in the final
           stage of compilation.  This also enforces the coding style conven-
           tion that methods and selectors must be declared before being used.

       -print-objc-runtime-info
           Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed
           by value, if any.

       Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting

       Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of
       the output device's aspect (e.g. its width, ...).  The options
       described below can be used to control the diagnostic messages format-
       ting algorithm, e.g. how many characters per line, how often source
       location information should be reported.  Right now, only the C++ front
       end can honor these options.  However it is expected, in the near
       future, that the remaining front ends would be able to digest them cor-
       rectly.

       -fmessage-length=n
           Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about n
           characters.  The default is 72 characters for g++ and 0 for the
           rest of the front ends supported by GCC.  If n is zero, then no
           line-wrapping will be done; each error message will appear on a
           single line.

       -fdiagnostics-show-location=once
           Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode.  Instructs the diagnostic
           messages reporter to emit once source location information; that
           is, in case the message is too long to fit on a single physical
           line and has to be wrapped, the source location won't be emitted
           (as prefix) again, over and over, in subsequent continuation lines.
           This is the default behavior.

       -fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line
           Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode.  Instructs the diagnostic
           messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as
           prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking
           a message which is too long to fit on a single line.

       -fdiagnostics-show-options
           This option instructs the diagnostic machinery to add text to each
           diagnostic emitted, which indicates which command line option
           directly controls that diagnostic, when such an option is known to
           the diagnostic machinery.

       Options to Request or Suppress Warnings

       Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which are
       not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there may have
       been an error.

       You can request many specific warnings with options beginning -W, for
       example -Wimplicit to request warnings on implicit declarations.  Each
       of these specific warning options also has a negative form beginning
       -Wno- to turn off warnings; for example, -Wno-implicit.  This manual
       lists only one of the two forms, whichever is not the default.

       The following options control the amount and kinds of warnings produced
       by GCC; for further, language-specific options also refer to C++
       Dialect Options and Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options.

       -fsyntax-only
           Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond
           that.

       -pedantic
           Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ISO C and ISO C++; reject
           all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other programs
           that do not follow ISO C and ISO C++.  For ISO C, follows the ver-
           sion of the ISO C standard specified by any -std option used.

           Valid ISO C and ISO C++ programs should compile properly with or
           without this option (though a rare few will require -ansi or a -std
           option specifying the required version of ISO C).  However, without
           this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and C++ fea-
           tures are supported as well.  With this option, they are rejected.

           -pedantic does not cause warning messages for use of the alternate
           keywords whose names begin and end with __.  Pedantic warnings are
           also disabled in the expression that follows "__extension__".  How-
           ever, only system header files should use these escape routes;
           application programs should avoid them.

           Some users try to use -pedantic to check programs for strict ISO C
           conformance.  They soon find that it does not do quite what they
           want: it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all---only those for
           which ISO C requires a diagnostic, and some others for which diag-
           nostics have been added.

           A feature to report any failure to conform to ISO C might be useful
           in some instances, but would require considerable additional work
           and would be quite different from -pedantic.  We don't have plans
           to support such a feature in the near future.

           Where the standard specified with -std represents a GNU extended
           dialect of C, such as gnu89 or gnu99, there is a corresponding base
           standard, the version of ISO C on which the GNU extended dialect is
           based.  Warnings from -pedantic are given where they are required
           by the base standard.  (It would not make sense for such warnings
           to be given only for features not in the specified GNU C dialect,
           since by definition the GNU dialects of C include all features the
           compiler supports with the given option, and there would be nothing
           to warn about.)

       -pedantic-errors
           Like -pedantic, except that errors are produced rather than warn-
           ings.

       -w  Inhibit all warning messages.

       -Wno-import
           Inhibit warning messages about the use of #import.

       -Wchar-subscripts
           Warn if an array subscript has type "char".  This is a common cause
           of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on
           some machines.  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wcomment
           Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a /* comment,
           or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a // comment.  This
           warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wfatal-errors
           This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first
           error occurred rather than trying to keep going and printing fur-
           ther error messages.

       -Wformat
           Check calls to "printf" and "scanf", etc., to make sure that the
           arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
           specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string
           make sense.  This includes standard functions, and others specified
           by format attributes, in the "printf", "scanf", "strftime" and
           "strfmon" (an X/Open extension, not in the C standard) families (or
           other target-specific families).  Which functions are checked with-
           out format attributes having been specified depends on the standard
           version selected, and such checks of functions without the
           attribute specified are disabled by -ffreestanding or -fno-builtin.

           The formats are checked against the format features supported by
           GNU libc version 2.2.  These include all ISO C90 and C99 features,
           as well as features from the Single Unix Specification and some BSD
           and GNU extensions.  Other library implementations may not support
           all these features; GCC does not support warning about features
           that go beyond a particular library's limitations.  However, if
           -pedantic is used with -Wformat, warnings will be given about for-
           mat features not in the selected standard version (but not for
           "strfmon" formats, since those are not in any version of the C
           standard).

           Since -Wformat also checks for null format arguments for several
           functions, -Wformat also implies -Wnonnull.

           -Wformat is included in -Wall.  For more control over some aspects
           of format checking, the options -Wformat-y2k, -Wno-for-
           mat-extra-args, -Wno-format-zero-length, -Wformat-nonliteral,
           -Wformat-security, and -Wformat=2 are available, but are not
           included in -Wall.

       -Wformat-y2k
           If -Wformat is specified, also warn about "strftime" formats which
           may yield only a two-digit year.

       -Wno-format-extra-args
           If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
           "printf" or "scanf" format function.  The C standard specifies that
           such arguments are ignored.

           Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments that are
           specified with $ operand number specifications, normally warnings
           are still given, since the implementation could not know what type
           to pass to "va_arg" to skip the unused arguments.  However, in the
           case of "scanf" formats, this option will suppress the warning if
           the unused arguments are all pointers, since the Single Unix Speci-
           fication says that such unused arguments are allowed.

       -Wno-format-zero-length
           If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats.
           The C standard specifies that zero-length formats are allowed.

       -Wformat-nonliteral
           If -Wformat is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
           string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function
           takes its format arguments as a "va_list".

       -Wformat-security
           If -Wformat is specified, also warn about uses of format functions
           that represent possible security problems.  At present, this warns
           about calls to "printf" and "scanf" functions where the format
           string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments,
           as in "printf (foo);".  This may be a security hole if the format
           string came from untrusted input and contains %n.  (This is cur-
           rently a subset of what -Wformat-nonliteral warns about, but in
           future warnings may be added to -Wformat-security that are not
           included in -Wformat-nonliteral.)

       -Wformat=2
           Enable -Wformat plus format checks not included in -Wformat.  Cur-
           rently equivalent to -Wformat -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security
           -Wformat-y2k.

       -Wnonnull
           Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as requiring
           a non-null value by the "nonnull" function attribute.

           -Wnonnull is included in -Wall and -Wformat.  It can be disabled
           with the -Wno-nonnull option.

       -Winit-self (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
           Warn about uninitialized variables which are initialized with them-
           selves.  Note this option can only be used with the -Wuninitialized
           option, which in turn only works with -O1 and above.

           For example, GCC will warn about "i" being uninitialized in the
           following snippet only when -Winit-self has been specified:

                   int f()
                   {
                     int i = i;
                     return i;
                   }

       -Wimplicit-int
           Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.  This warning is
           enabled by -Wall.

       -Wimplicit-function-declaration
       -Werror-implicit-function-declaration
           Give a warning (or error) whenever a function is used before being
           declared.  The form -Wno-error-implicit-function-declaration is not
           supported.  This warning is enabled by -Wall (as a warning, not an
           error).

       -Wimplicit
           Same as -Wimplicit-int and -Wimplicit-function-declaration.  This
           warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wmain
           Warn if the type of main is suspicious.  main should be a function
           with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero arguments,
           two, or three arguments of appropriate types.  This warning is
           enabled by -Wall.

       -Wmissing-braces
           Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed.
           In the following example, the initializer for a is not fully brack-
           eted, but that for b is fully bracketed.

                   int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
                   int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };

           This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wmissing-include-dirs (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
           Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist.

       -Wparentheses
           Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such as when
           there is an assignment in a context where a truth value is
           expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
           often get confused about.  Only the warning for an assignment used
           as a truth value is supported when compiling C++; the other warn-
           ings are only supported when compiling C.

           Also warn if a comparison like x<=y<=z appears; this is equivalent
           to (x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z, which is a different interpretation from
           that of ordinary mathematical notation.

           Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
           "if" statement an "else" branch belongs.  Here is an example of
           such a case:

                   {
                     if (a)
                       if (b)
                         foo ();
                     else
                       bar ();
                   }

           In C, every "else" branch belongs to the innermost possible "if"
           statement, which in this example is "if (b)".  This is often not
           what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above example
           by indentation the programmer chose.  When there is the potential
           for this confusion, GCC will issue a warning when this flag is
           specified.  To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around
           the innermost "if" statement so there is no way the "else" could
           belong to the enclosing "if".  The resulting code would look like
           this:

                   {
                     if (a)
                       {
                         if (b)
                           foo ();
                         else
                           bar ();
                       }
                   }

           This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wsequence-point
           Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of viola-
           tions of sequence point rules in the C standard.

           The C standard defines the order in which expressions in a C pro-
           gram are evaluated in terms of sequence points, which represent a
           partial ordering between the execution of parts of the program:
           those executed before the sequence point, and those executed after
           it.  These occur after the evaluation of a full expression (one
           which is not part of a larger expression), after the evaluation of
           the first operand of a "&&", "||", "? :" or "," (comma) operator,
           before a function is called (but after the evaluation of its argu-
           ments and the expression denoting the called function), and in cer-
           tain other places.  Other than as expressed by the sequence point
           rules, the order of evaluation of subexpressions of an expression
           is not specified.  All these rules describe only a partial order
           rather than a total order, since, for example, if two functions are
           called within one expression with no sequence point between them,
           the order in which the functions are called is not specified.  How-
           ever, the standards committee have ruled that function calls do not
           overlap.

           It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to
           the values of objects take effect.  Programs whose behavior depends
           on this have undefined behavior; the C standard specifies that
           "Between the previous and next sequence point an object shall have
           its stored value modified at most once by the evaluation of an
           expression.  Furthermore, the prior value shall be read only to
           determine the value to be stored.".  If a program breaks these
           rules, the results on any particular implementation are entirely
           unpredictable.

           Examples of code with undefined behavior are "a = a++;", "a[n] =
           b[n++]" and "a[i++] = i;".  Some more complicated cases are not
           diagnosed by this option, and it may give an occasional false posi-
           tive result, but in general it has been found fairly effective at
           detecting this sort of problem in programs.

           The present implementation of this option only works for C pro-
           grams.  A future implementation may also work for C++ programs.

           The C standard is worded confusingly, therefore there is some
           debate over the precise meaning of the sequence point rules in sub-
           tle cases.  Links to discussions of the problem, including proposed
           formal definitions, may be found on the GCC readings page, at
           <http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html>.

           This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wreturn-type
           Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that
           defaults to "int".  Also warn about any "return" statement with no
           return-value in a function whose return-type is not "void".

           For C, also warn if the return type of a function has a type quali-
           fier such as "const".  Such a type qualifier has no effect, since
           the value returned by a function is not an lvalue.  ISO C prohibits
           qualified "void" return types on function definitions, so such
           return types always receive a warning even without this option.

           For C++, a function without return type always produces a diagnos-
           tic message, even when -Wno-return-type is specified.  The only
           exceptions are main and functions defined in system headers.

           This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wswitch
           Warn whenever a "switch" statement has an index of enumerated type
           and lacks a "case" for one or more of the named codes of that enu-
           meration.  (The presence of a "default" label prevents this warn-
           ing.)  "case" labels outside the enumeration range also provoke
           warnings when this option is used.  This warning is enabled by
           -Wall.

       -Wswitch-default
           Warn whenever a "switch" statement does not have a "default" case.

       -Wswitch-enum
           Warn whenever a "switch" statement has an index of enumerated type
           and lacks a "case" for one or more of the named codes of that enu-
           meration.  "case" labels outside the enumeration range also provoke
           warnings when this option is used.

       -Wtrigraphs
           Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning
           of the program (trigraphs within comments are not warned about).
           This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wunused-function
           Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a
           non-inline static function is unused.  This warning is enabled by
           -Wall.

       -Wunused-label
           Warn whenever a label is declared but not used.  This warning is
           enabled by -Wall.

           To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wunused-parameter
           Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its decla-
           ration.

           To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wunused-variable
           Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is
           unused aside from its declaration.  This warning is enabled by
           -Wall.

           To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wunused-value
           Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not
           used.  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

           To suppress this warning cast the expression to void.

       -Wunused
           All the above -Wunused options combined.

           In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you
           must either specify -Wextra -Wunused (note that -Wall implies
           -Wunused), or separately specify -Wunused-parameter.

       -Wuninitialized
           Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initial-
           ized or if a variable may be clobbered by a "setjmp" call.

           These warnings are possible only in optimizing compilation, because
           they require data flow information that is computed only when opti-
           mizing.  If you don't specify -O, you simply won't get these warn-
           ings.

           If you want to warn about code which uses the uninitialized value
           of the variable in its own initializer, use the -Winit-self option.

           These warnings occur for individual uninitialized or clobbered ele-
           ments of structure, union or array variables as well as for vari-
           ables which are uninitialized or clobbered as a whole.  They do not
           occur for variables or elements declared "volatile".  Because these
           warnings depend on optimization, the exact variables or elements
           for which there are warnings will depend on the precise optimiza-
           tion options and version of GCC used.

           Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used
           only to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
           computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warn-
           ings are printed.

           These warnings are made optional because GCC is not smart enough to
           see all the reasons why the code might be correct despite appearing
           to have an error.  Here is one example of how this can happen:

                   {
                     int x;
                     switch (y)
                       {
                       case 1: x = 1;
                         break;
                       case 2: x = 4;
                         break;
                       case 3: x = 5;
                       }
                     foo (x);
                   }

           If the value of "y" is always 1, 2 or 3, then "x" is always ini-
           tialized, but GCC doesn't know this.  Here is another common case:

                   {
                     int save_y;
                     if (change_y) save_y = y, y = new_y;
                     ...
                     if (change_y) y = save_y;
                   }

           This has no bug because "save_y" is used only if it is set.

           This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might
           be changed by a call to "longjmp".  These warnings as well are pos-
           sible only in optimizing compilation.

           The compiler sees only the calls to "setjmp".  It cannot know where
           "longjmp" will be called; in fact, a signal handler could call it
           at any point in the code.  As a result, you may get a warning even
           when there is in fact no problem because "longjmp" cannot in fact
           be called at the place which would cause a problem.

           Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the func-
           tions you use that never return as "noreturn".

           This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wunknown-pragmas
           Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is not under-
           stood by GCC.  If this command line option is used, warnings will
           even be issued for unknown pragmas in system header files.  This is
           not the case if the warnings were only enabled by the -Wall command
           line option.

       -Wno-pragmas
           Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters,
           invalid syntax, or conflicts between pragmas.  See also -Wun-
           known-pragmas.

       -Wstrict-aliasing
           This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active.  It
           warns about code which might break the strict aliasing rules that
           the compiler is using for optimization.  The warning does not catch
           all cases, but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls.  It
           is included in -Wall.

       -Wstrict-aliasing=2
           This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active.  It
           warns about code which might break the strict aliasing rules that
           the compiler is using for optimization.  This warning catches more
           cases than -Wstrict-aliasing, but it will also give a warning for
           some ambiguous cases that are safe.

       -Wall
           All of the above -W options combined.  This enables all the warn-
           ings about constructions that some users consider questionable, and
           that are easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in
           conjunction with macros.  This also enables some language-specific
           warnings described in C++ Dialect Options and Objective-C and
           Objective-C++ Dialect Options.

       The following -W... options are not implied by -Wall.  Some of them
       warn about constructions that users generally do not consider question-
       able, but which occasionally you might wish to check for; others warn
       about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid in some cases,
       and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress the warning.

       -Wextra
           (This option used to be called -W.  The older name is still sup-
           ported, but the newer name is more descriptive.)  Print extra warn-
           ing messages for these events:

           *   A function can return either with or without a value.  (Falling
               off the end of the function body is considered returning with-
               out a value.)  For example, this function would evoke such a
               warning:

                       foo (a)
                       {
                         if (a > 0)
                           return a;
                       }

           *   An expression-statement or the left-hand side of a comma
               expression contains no side effects.  To suppress the warning,
               cast the unused expression to void.  For example, an expression
               such as x[i,j] will cause a warning, but x[(void)i,j] will not.

           *   An unsigned value is compared against zero with < or >=.

           *   Storage-class specifiers like "static" are not the first things
               in a declaration.  According to the C Standard, this usage is
               obsolescent.

           *   If -Wall or -Wunused is also specified, warn about unused argu-
               ments.

           *   A comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce
               an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to
               unsigned.  (But don't warn if -Wno-sign-compare is also speci-
               fied.)

           *   An aggregate has an initializer which does not initialize all
               members.  This warning can be independently controlled by
               -Wmissing-field-initializers.

           *   A function parameter is declared without a type specifier in
               K&R-style functions:

                       void foo(bar) { }

           *   An empty body occurs in an if or else statement.

           *   A pointer is compared against integer zero with <, <=, >, or
               >=.

           *   A variable might be changed by longjmp or vfork.

           *   Any of several floating-point events that often indicate
               errors, such as overflow, underflow, loss of precision, etc.

           *<(C++ only)>
               An enumerator and a non-enumerator both appear in a conditional
               expression.

           *<(C++ only)>
               A non-static reference or non-static const member appears in a
               class without constructors.

           *<(C++ only)>
               Ambiguous virtual bases.

           *<(C++ only)>
               Subscripting an array which has been declared register.

           *<(C++ only)>
               Taking the address of a variable which has been declared regis-
               ter.

           *<(C++ only)>
               A base class is not initialized in a derived class' copy con-
               structor.

       -Wno-div-by-zero
           Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero.  Floating
           point division by zero is not warned about, as it can be a legiti-
           mate way of obtaining infinities and NaNs.

       -Wsystem-headers
           Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.
           Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the
           assumption that they usually do not indicate real problems and
           would only make the compiler output harder to read.  Using this
           command line option tells GCC to emit warnings from system headers
           as if they occurred in user code.  However, note that using -Wall
           in conjunction with this option will not warn about unknown pragmas
           in system headers---for that, -Wunknown-pragmas must also be used.

       -Wfloat-equal
           Warn if floating point values are used in equality comparisons.

           The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the
           programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to
           infinitely precise real numbers.  If you are doing this, then you
           need to compute (by analyzing the code, or in some other way) the
           maximum or likely maximum error that the computation introduces,
           and allow for it when performing comparisons (and when producing
           output, but that's a different problem).  In particular, instead of
           testing for equality, you would check to see whether the two values
           have ranges that overlap; and this is done with the relational
           operators, so equality comparisons are probably mistaken.

       -Wtraditional (C only)
           Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in tradi-
           tional and ISO C.  Also warn about ISO C constructs that have no
           traditional C equivalent, and/or problematic constructs which
           should be avoided.

           *   Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the
               macro body.  In traditional C macro replacement takes place
               within string literals, but does not in ISO C.

           *   In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist.
               Traditional preprocessors would only consider a line to be a
               directive if the # appeared in column 1 on the line.  Therefore
               -Wtraditional warns about directives that traditional C under-
               stands but would ignore because the # does not appear as the
               first character on the line.  It also suggests you hide direc-
               tives like #pragma not understood by traditional C by indenting
               them.  Some traditional implementations would not recognize
               #elif, so it suggests avoiding it altogether.

           *   A function-like macro that appears without arguments.

           *   The unary plus operator.

           *   The U integer constant suffix, or the F or L floating point
               constant suffixes.  (Traditional C does support the L suffix on
               integer constants.)  Note, these suffixes appear in macros
               defined in the system headers of most modern systems, e.g. the
               _MIN/_MAX macros in "<limits.h>".  Use of these macros in user
               code might normally lead to spurious warnings, however GCC's
               integrated preprocessor has enough context to avoid warning in
               these cases.

           *   A function declared external in one block and then used after
               the end of the block.

           *   A "switch" statement has an operand of type "long".

           *   A non-"static" function declaration follows a "static" one.
               This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.

           *   The ISO type of an integer constant has a different width or
               signedness from its traditional type.  This warning is only
               issued if the base of the constant is ten.  I.e. hexadecimal or
               octal values, which typically represent bit patterns, are not
               warned about.

           *   Usage of ISO string concatenation is detected.

           *   Initialization of automatic aggregates.

           *   Identifier conflicts with labels.  Traditional C lacks a sepa-
               rate namespace for labels.

           *   Initialization of unions.  If the initializer is zero, the
               warning is omitted.  This is done under the assumption that the
               zero initializer in user code appears conditioned on e.g.
               "__STDC__" to avoid missing initializer warnings and relies on
               default initialization to zero in the traditional C case.

           *   Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating point values
               and vice versa.  The absence of these prototypes when compiling
               with traditional C would cause serious problems.  This is a
               subset of the possible conversion warnings, for the full set
               use -Wconversion.

           *   Use of ISO C style function definitions.  This warning inten-
               tionally is not issued for prototype declarations or variadic
               functions because these ISO C features will appear in your code
               when using libiberty's traditional C compatibility macros,
               "PARAMS" and "VPARAMS".  This warning is also bypassed for
               nested functions because that feature is already a GCC exten-
               sion and thus not relevant to traditional C compatibility.

       -Wdeclaration-after-statement (C only)
           Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block.
           This construct, known from C++, was introduced with ISO C99 and is
           by default allowed in GCC.  It is not supported by ISO C90 and was
           not supported by GCC versions before GCC 3.0.

       -Wundef
           Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an #if directive.

       -Wno-endif-labels
           Do not warn whenever an #else or an #endif are followed by text.

       -Wshadow
           Warn whenever a local variable shadows another local variable,
           parameter or global variable or whenever a built-in function is
           shadowed.

       -Wlarger-than-len
           Warn whenever an object of larger than len bytes is defined.

       -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations
           Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler could not
           assume anything on the bounds of the loop indices.  With -fun-
           safe-loop-optimizations warn if the compiler made such assumptions.

       -Wpointer-arith
           Warn about anything that depends on the "size of" a function type
           or of "void".  GNU C assigns these types a size of 1, for conve-
           nience in calculations with "void *" pointers and pointers to func-
           tions.

       -Wbad-function-cast (C only)
           Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.  For
           example, warn if "int malloc()" is cast to "anything *".

       -Wc++-compat
           Warn about ISO C constructs that are outside of the common subset
           of ISO C and ISO C++, e.g. request for implicit conversion from
           "void *" to a pointer to non-"void" type.

       -Wcast-qual
           Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier
           from the target type.  For example, warn if a "const char *" is
           cast to an ordinary "char *".

       -Wcast-align
           Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of
           the target is increased.  For example, warn if a "char *" is cast
           to an "int *" on machines where integers can only be accessed at
           two- or four-byte boundaries.

       -Wwrite-strings
           When compiling C, give string constants the type "const
           char[length]" so that copying the address of one into a non-"const"
           "char *" pointer will get a warning; when compiling C++, warn about
           the deprecated conversion from string constants to "char *".  These
           warnings will help you find at compile time code that can try to
           write into a string constant, but only if you have been very care-
           ful about using "const" in declarations and prototypes.  Otherwise,
           it will just be a nuisance; this is why we did not make -Wall
           request these warnings.

       -Wconversion
           Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from
           what would happen to the same argument in the absence of a proto-
           type.  This includes conversions of fixed point to floating and
           vice versa, and conversions changing the width or signedness of a
           fixed point argument except when the same as the default promotion.

           Also, warn if a negative integer constant expression is implicitly
           converted to an unsigned type.  For example, warn about the assign-
           ment "x = -1" if "x" is unsigned.  But do not warn about explicit
           casts like "(unsigned) -1".

       -Wsign-compare
           Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could
           produce an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to
           unsigned.  This warning is also enabled by -Wextra; to get the
           other warnings of -Wextra without this warning, use -Wextra
           -Wno-sign-compare.

       -Waggregate-return
           Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined
           or called.  (In languages where you can return an array, this also
           elicits a warning.)

       -Wno-attributes
           Do not warn if an unexpected "__attribute__" is used, such as
           unrecognized attributes, function attributes applied to variables,
           etc.  This will not stop errors for incorrect use of supported
           attributes.

       -Wstrict-prototypes (C only)
           Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
           argument types.  (An old-style function definition is permitted
           without a warning if preceded by a declaration which specifies the
           argument types.)

       -Wold-style-definition (C only)
           Warn if an old-style function definition is used.  A warning is
           given even if there is a previous prototype.

       -Wmissing-prototypes (C only)
           Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
           declaration.  This warning is issued even if the definition itself
           provides a prototype.  The aim is to detect global functions that
           fail to be declared in header files.

       -Wmissing-declarations (C only)
           Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declara-
           tion.  Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
           Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in
           header files.

       -Wmissing-field-initializers
           Warn if a structure's initializer has some fields missing.  For
           example, the following code would cause such a warning, because
           "x.h" is implicitly zero:

                   struct s { int f, g, h; };
                   struct s x = { 3, 4 };

           This option does not warn about designated initializers, so the
           following modification would not trigger a warning:

                   struct s { int f, g, h; };
                   struct s x = { .f = 3, .g = 4 };

           This warning is included in -Wextra.  To get other -Wextra warnings
           without this one, use -Wextra -Wno-missing-field-initializers.

       -Wmissing-noreturn
           Warn about functions which might be candidates for attribute "nore-
           turn".  Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones.
           Care should be taken to manually verify functions actually do not
           ever return before adding the "noreturn" attribute, otherwise sub-
           tle code generation bugs could be introduced.  You will not get a
           warning for "main" in hosted C environments.

       -Wmissing-format-attribute
           Warn about function pointers which might be candidates for "format"
           attributes.  Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute
           ones.  GCC will guess that function pointers with "format"
           attributes that are used in assignment, initialization, parameter
           passing or return statements should have a corresponding "format"
           attribute in the resulting type.  I.e. the left-hand side of the
           assignment or initialization, the type of the parameter variable,
           or the return type of the containing function respectively should
           also have a "format" attribute to avoid the warning.

           GCC will also warn about function definitions which might be candi-
           dates for "format" attributes.  Again, these are only possible can-
           didates.  GCC will guess that "format" attributes might be appro-
           priate for any function that calls a function like "vprintf" or
           "vscanf", but this might not always be the case, and some functions
           for which "format" attributes are appropriate may not be detected.

       -Wno-multichar
           Do not warn if a multicharacter constant ('FOOF') is used.  Usually
           they indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have implementa-
           tion-defined values, and should not be used in portable code.

       -Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>
           In ISO C and ISO C++, two identifiers are different if they are
           different sequences of characters.  However, sometimes when charac-
           ters outside the basic ASCII character set are used, you can have
           two different character sequences that look the same.  To avoid
           confusion, the ISO 10646 standard sets out some normalization rules
           which when applied ensure that two sequences that look the same are
           turned into the same sequence.  GCC can warn you if you are using
           identifiers which have not been normalized; this option controls
           that warning.

           There are four levels of warning that GCC supports.  The default is
           -Wnormalized=nfc, which warns about any identifier which is not in
           the ISO 10646 "C" normalized form, NFC.  NFC is the recommended
           form for most uses.

           Unfortunately, there are some characters which ISO C and ISO C++
           allow in identifiers that when turned into NFC aren't allowable as
           identifiers.  That is, there's no way to use these symbols in
           portable ISO C or C++ and have all your identifiers in NFC.  -Wnor-
           malized=id suppresses the warning for these characters.  It is
           hoped that future versions of the standards involved will correct
           this, which is why this option is not the default.

           You can switch the warning off for all characters by writing -Wnor-
           malized=none.  You would only want to do this if you were using
           some other normalization scheme (like "D"), because otherwise you
           can easily create bugs that are literally impossible to see.

           Some characters in ISO 10646 have distinct meanings but look iden-
           tical in some fonts or display methodologies, especially once for-
           matting has been applied.  For instance "\u207F", "SUPERSCRIPT
           LATIN SMALL LETTER N", will display just like a regular "n" which
           has been placed in a superscript.  ISO 10646 defines the NFKC nor-
           malisation scheme to convert all these into a standard form as
           well, and GCC will warn if your code is not in NFKC if you use
           -Wnormalized=nfkc.  This warning is comparable to warning about
           every identifier that contains the letter O because it might be
           confused with the digit 0, and so is not the default, but may be
           useful as a local coding convention if the programming environment
           is unable to be fixed to display these characters distinctly.

       -Wno-deprecated-declarations
           Do not warn about uses of functions, variables, and types marked as
           deprecated by using the "deprecated" attribute.  (@pxref{Function
           Attributes}, @pxref{Variable Attributes}, @pxref{Type Attributes}.)

       -Wpacked
           Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
           attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure.
           Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit.  For
           instance, in this code, the variable "f.x" in "struct bar" will be
           misaligned even though "struct bar" does not itself have the packed
           attribute:

                   struct foo {
                     int x;
                     char a, b, c, d;
                   } __attribute__((packed));
                   struct bar {
                     char z;
                     struct foo f;
                   };

       -Wpadded
           Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an ele-
           ment of the structure or to align the whole structure.  Sometimes
           when this happens it is possible to rearrange the fields of the
           structure to reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller.

       -Wredundant-decls
           Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even
           in cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.

       -Wnested-externs (C only)
           Warn if an "extern" declaration is encountered within a function.

       -Wunreachable-code
           Warn if the compiler detects that code will never be executed.

           This option is intended to warn when the compiler detects that at
           least a whole line of source code will never be executed, because
           some condition is never satisfied or because it is after a proce-
           dure that never returns.

           It is possible for this option to produce a warning even though
           there are circumstances under which part of the affected line can
           be executed, so care should be taken when removing apparently-
           unreachable code.

           For instance, when a function is inlined, a warning may mean that
           the line is unreachable in only one inlined copy of the function.

           This option is not made part of -Wall because in a debugging ver-
           sion of a program there is often substantial code which checks cor-
           rect functioning of the program and is, hopefully, unreachable
           because the program does work.  Another common use of unreachable
           code is to provide behavior which is selectable at compile-time.

       -Winline
           Warn if a function can not be inlined and it was declared as
           inline.  Even with this option, the compiler will not warn about
           failures to inline functions declared in system headers.

           The compiler uses a variety of heuristics to determine whether or
           not to inline a function.  For example, the compiler takes into
           account the size of the function being inlined and the amount of
           inlining that has already been done in the current function.
           Therefore, seemingly insignificant changes in the source program
           can cause the warnings produced by -Winline to appear or disappear.

       -Wno-invalid-offsetof (C++ only)
           Suppress warnings from applying the offsetof macro to a non-POD
           type.  According to the 1998 ISO C++ standard, applying offsetof to
           a non-POD type is undefined.  In existing C++ implementations, how-
           ever, offsetof typically gives meaningful results even when applied
           to certain kinds of non-POD types. (Such as a simple struct that
           fails to be a POD type only by virtue of having a constructor.)
           This flag is for users who are aware that they are writing non-
           portable code and who have deliberately chosen to ignore the warn-
           ing about it.

           The restrictions on offsetof may be relaxed in a future version of
           the C++ standard.

       -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast (C only)
           Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a
           different size.

       -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast (C only)
           Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a
           different size.

       -Winvalid-pch
           Warn if a precompiled header is found in the search path but can't
           be used.

       -Wlong-long
           Warn if long long type is used.  This is default.  To inhibit the
           warning messages, use -Wno-long-long.  Flags -Wlong-long and
           -Wno-long-long are taken into account only when -pedantic flag is
           used.

       -Wvariadic-macros
           Warn if variadic macros are used in pedantic ISO C90 mode, or the
           GNU alternate syntax when in pedantic ISO C99 mode.  This is
           default.  To inhibit the warning messages, use -Wno-vari-
           adic-macros.

       -Wvolatile-register-var
           Warn if a register variable is declared volatile.  The volatile
           modifier does not inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate
           reads and/or writes to register variables.

       -Wdisabled-optimization
           Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled.  This warning
           does not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your
           code; it merely indicates that GCC's optimizers were unable to han-
           dle the code effectively.  Often, the problem is that your code is
           too big or too complex; GCC will refuse to optimize programs when
           the optimization itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of
           time.

       -Wpointer-sign
           Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different
           signedness.  This option is only supported for C and Objective-C.
           It is implied by -Wall and by -pedantic, which can be disabled with
           -Wno-pointer-sign.

       -Werror
           Make all warnings into errors.

       -Wstack-protector
           This option is only active when -fstack-protector is active.  It
           warns about functions that will not be protected against stack
           smashing.

       Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC

       GCC has various special options that are used for debugging either your
       program or GCC:

       -g  Produce debugging information in the operating system's native for-
           mat (stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF 2).  GDB can work with this
           debugging information.

           On most systems that use stabs format, -g enables use of extra
           debugging information that only GDB can use; this extra information
           makes debugging work better in GDB but will probably make other
           debuggers crash or refuse to read the program.  If you want to con-
           trol for certain whether to generate the extra information, use
           -gstabs+, -gstabs, -gxcoff+, -gxcoff, or -gvms (see below).

           GCC allows you to use -g with -O.  The shortcuts taken by optimized
           code may occasionally produce surprising results: some variables
           you declared may not exist at all; flow of control may briefly move
           where you did not expect it; some statements may not be executed
           because they compute constant results or their values were already
           at hand; some statements may execute in different places because
           they were moved out of loops.

           Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output.  This
           makes it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might
           have bugs.

           The following options are useful when GCC is generated with the
           capability for more than one debugging format.

       -ggdb
           Produce debugging information for use by GDB.  This means to use
           the most expressive format available (DWARF 2, stabs, or the native
           format if neither of those are supported), including GDB extensions
           if at all possible.

       -gstabs
           Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is sup-
           ported), without GDB extensions.  This is the format used by DBX on
           most BSD systems.  On MIPS, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems
           this option produces stabs debugging output which is not understood
           by DBX or SDB.  On System V Release 4 systems this option requires
           the GNU assembler.

       -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols
           Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is sup-
           ported), for only symbols that are actually used.

       -gstabs+
           Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is sup-
           ported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger
           (GDB).  The use of these extensions is likely to make other debug-
           gers crash or refuse to read the program.

       -gcoff
           Produce debugging information in COFF format (if that is sup-
           ported).  This is the format used by SDB on most System V systems
           prior to System V Release 4.

       -gxcoff
           Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is sup-
           ported).  This is the format used by the DBX debugger on IBM
           RS/6000 systems.

       -gxcoff+
           Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is sup-
           ported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger
           (GDB).  The use of these extensions is likely to make other debug-
           gers crash or refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers
           other than the GNU assembler (GAS) to fail with an error.

       -gdwarf-2
           Produce debugging information in DWARF version 2 format (if that is
           supported).  This is the format used by DBX on IRIX 6.  With this
           option, GCC uses features of DWARF version 3 when they are useful;
           version 3 is upward compatible with version 2, but may still cause
           problems for older debuggers.

       -gvms
           Produce debugging information in VMS debug format (if that is sup-
           ported).  This is the format used by DEBUG on VMS systems.

       -glevel
       -ggdblevel
       -gstabslevel
       -gcofflevel
       -gxcofflevel
       -gvmslevel
           Request debugging information and also use level to specify how
           much information.  The default level is 2.

           Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces
           in parts of the program that you don't plan to debug.  This
           includes descriptions of functions and external variables, but no
           information about local variables and no line numbers.

           Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro defini-
           tions present in the program.  Some debuggers support macro expan-
           sion when you use -g3.

           -gdwarf-2 does not accept a concatenated debug level, because GCC
           used to support an option -gdwarf that meant to generate debug
           information in version 1 of the DWARF format (which is very differ-
           ent from version 2), and it would have been too confusing.  That
           debug format is long obsolete, but the option cannot be changed
           now.  Instead use an additional -glevel option to change the debug
           level for DWARF2.

       -feliminate-dwarf2-dups
           Compress DWARF2 debugging information by eliminating duplicated
           information about each symbol.  This option only makes sense when
           generating DWARF2 debugging information with -gdwarf-2.

       -p  Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
           analysis program prof.  You must use this option when compiling the
           source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
           linking.

       -pg Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
           analysis program gprof.  You must use this option when compiling
           the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
           linking.

       -Q  Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled,
           and print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.

       -ftime-report
           Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by
           each pass when it finishes.

       -fmem-report
           Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
           allocation when it finishes.

       -fprofile-arcs
           Add code so that program flow arcs are instrumented.  During execu-
           tion the program records how many times each branch and call is
           executed and how many times it is taken or returns.  When the com-
           piled program exits it saves this data to a file called aux-
           name.gcda for each source file.  The data may be used for profile-
           directed optimizations (-fbranch-probabilities), or for test cover-
           age analysis (-ftest-coverage).  Each object file's auxname is gen-
           erated from the name of the output file, if explicitly specified
           and it is not the final executable, otherwise it is the basename of
           the source file.  In both cases any suffix is removed (e.g.
           foo.gcda for input file dir/foo.c, or dir/foo.gcda for output file
           specified as -o dir/foo.o).

       --coverage
           This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for cov-
           erage analysis.  The option is a synonym for -fprofile-arcs
           -ftest-coverage (when compiling) and -lgcov (when linking).  See
           the documentation for those options for more details.

           @bullet
               Compile the source files with -fprofile-arcs plus optimization
               and code generation options.  For test coverage analysis, use
               the additional -ftest-coverage option.  You do not need to pro-
               file every source file in a program.

           @cvmmfu
               Link your object files with -lgcov or -fprofile-arcs (the lat-
               ter implies the former).

           @dwnngv
               Run the program on a representative workload to generate the
               arc profile information.  This may be repeated any number of
               times.  You can run concurrent instances of your program, and
               provided that the file system supports locking, the data files
               will be correctly updated.  Also "fork" calls are detected and
               correctly handled (double counting will not happen).

           @exoohw
               For profile-directed optimizations, compile the source files
               again with the same optimization and code generation options
               plus -fbranch-probabilities.

           @fyppix
               For test coverage analysis, use gcov to produce human readable
               information from the .gcno and .gcda files.  Refer to the gcov
               documentation for further information.

           With -fprofile-arcs, for each function of your program GCC creates
           a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree for the graph.
           Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be instru-
           mented: the compiler adds code to count the number of times that
           these arcs are executed.  When an arc is the only exit or only
           entrance to a block, the instrumentation code can be added to the
           block; otherwise, a new basic block must be created to hold the
           instrumentation code.

       -ftest-coverage
           Produce a notes file that the gcov code-coverage utility can use to
           show program coverage.  Each source file's note file is called aux-
           name.gcno.  Refer to the -fprofile-arcs option above for a descrip-
           tion of auxname and instructions on how to generate test coverage
           data.  Coverage data will match the source files more closely, if
           you do not optimize.

       -dletters
       -fdump-rtl-pass
           Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified
           by letters.    This is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of
           the compiler.  The file names for most of the dumps are made by
           appending a pass number and a word to the dumpname.  dumpname is
           generated from the name of the output file, if explicitly specified
           and it is not an executable, otherwise it is the basename of the
           source file.

           Most debug dumps can be enabled either passing a letter to the -d
           option, or with a long -fdump-rtl switch; here are the possible
           letters for use in letters and pass, and their meanings:

           -dA Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging
               information.

           -db
           -fdump-rtl-bp
               Dump after computing branch probabilities, to file.09.bp.

           -dB
           -fdump-rtl-bbro
               Dump after block reordering, to file.30.bbro.

           -dc
           -fdump-rtl-combine
               Dump after instruction combination, to the file file.17.com-
               bine.

           -dC
           -fdump-rtl-ce1
           -fdump-rtl-ce2
               -dC and -fdump-rtl-ce1 enable dumping after the first if con-
               version, to the file file.11.ce1.  -dC and -fdump-rtl-ce2
               enable dumping after the second if conversion, to the file
               file.18.ce2.

           -dd
           -fdump-rtl-btl
           -fdump-rtl-dbr
               -dd and -fdump-rtl-btl enable dumping after branch target load
               optimization, to file.31.btl.  -dd and -fdump-rtl-dbr enable
               dumping after delayed branch scheduling, to file.36.dbr.

           -dD Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in
               addition to normal output.

           -dE
           -fdump-rtl-ce3
               Dump after the third if conversion, to file.28.ce3.

           -df
           -fdump-rtl-cfg
           -fdump-rtl-life
               -df and -fdump-rtl-cfg enable dumping after control and data
               flow analysis, to file.08.cfg.  -df and -fdump-rtl-cfg enable
               dumping dump after life analysis, to file.16.life.

           -dg
           -fdump-rtl-greg
               Dump after global register allocation, to file.23.greg.

           -dG
           -fdump-rtl-gcse
           -fdump-rtl-bypass
               -dG and -fdump-rtl-gcse enable dumping after GCSE, to
               file.05.gcse.  -dG and -fdump-rtl-bypass enable dumping after
               jump bypassing and control flow optimizations, to
               file.07.bypass.

           -dh
           -fdump-rtl-eh
               Dump after finalization of EH handling code, to file.02.eh.

           -di
           -fdump-rtl-sibling
               Dump after sibling call optimizations, to file.01.sibling.

           -dj
           -fdump-rtl-jump
               Dump after the first jump optimization, to file.03.jump.

           -dk
           -fdump-rtl-stack
               Dump after conversion from registers to stack, to
               file.33.stack.

           -dl
           -fdump-rtl-lreg
               Dump after local register allocation, to file.22.lreg.

           -dL
           -fdump-rtl-loop
           -fdump-rtl-loop2
               -dL and -fdump-rtl-loop enable dumping after the first loop
               optimization pass, to file.06.loop.  -dL and -fdump-rtl-loop2
               enable dumping after the second pass, to file.13.loop2.

           -dm
           -fdump-rtl-sms
               Dump after modulo scheduling, to file.20.sms.

           -dM
           -fdump-rtl-mach
               Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization
               pass, to file.35.mach.

           -dn
           -fdump-rtl-rnreg
               Dump after register renumbering, to file.29.rnreg.

           -dN
           -fdump-rtl-regmove
               Dump after the register move pass, to file.19.regmove.

           -do
           -fdump-rtl-postreload
               Dump after post-reload optimizations, to file.24.postreload.

           -dr
           -fdump-rtl-expand
               Dump after RTL generation, to file.00.expand.

           -dR
           -fdump-rtl-sched2
               Dump after the second scheduling pass, to file.32.sched2.

           -ds
           -fdump-rtl-cse
               Dump after CSE (including the jump optimization that sometimes
               follows CSE), to file.04.cse.

           -dS
           -fdump-rtl-sched
               Dump after the first scheduling pass, to file.21.sched.

           -dt
           -fdump-rtl-cse2
               Dump after the second CSE pass (including the jump optimization
               that sometimes follows CSE), to file.15.cse2.

           -dT
           -fdump-rtl-tracer
               Dump after running tracer, to file.12.tracer.

           -dV
           -fdump-rtl-vpt
           -fdump-rtl-vartrack
               -dV and -fdump-rtl-vpt enable dumping after the value profile
               transformations, to file.10.vpt.  -dV and -fdump-rtl-vartrack
               enable dumping after variable tracking, to file.34.vartrack.

           -dw
           -fdump-rtl-flow2
               Dump after the second flow pass, to file.26.flow2.

           -dz
           -fdump-rtl-peephole2
               Dump after the peephole pass, to file.27.peephole2.

           -dZ
           -fdump-rtl-web
               Dump after live range splitting, to file.14.web.

           -da
           -fdump-rtl-all
               Produce all the dumps listed above.

           -dH Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs.

           -dm Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of the run, to
               standard error.

           -dp Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
               pattern and alternative was used.  The length of each instruc-
               tion is also printed.

           -dP Dump the RTL in the assembler output as a comment before each
               instruction.  Also turns on -dp annotation.

           -dv For each of the other indicated dump files (either with -d or
               -fdump-rtl-pass), dump a representation of the control flow
               graph suitable for viewing with VCG to file.pass.vcg.

           -dx Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it.  Usu-
               ally used with r (-fdump-rtl-expand).

           -dy Dump debugging information during parsing, to standard error.

       -fdump-unnumbered
           When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress instruc-
           tion numbers and line number note output.  This makes it more fea-
           sible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with
           different options, in particular with and without -g.

       -fdump-translation-unit (C++ only)
       -fdump-translation-unit-options (C++ only)
           Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire transla-
           tion unit to a file.  The file name is made by appending .tu to the
           source file name.  If the -options form is used, options controls
           the details of the dump as described for the -fdump-tree options.

       -fdump-class-hierarchy (C++ only)
       -fdump-class-hierarchy-options (C++ only)
           Dump a representation of each class's hierarchy and virtual func-
           tion table layout to a file.  The file name is made by appending
           .class to the source file name.  If the -options form is used,
           options controls the details of the dump as described for the
           -fdump-tree options.

       -fdump-ipa-switch
           Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis
           language tree to a file.  The file name is generated by appending a
           switch specific suffix to the source file name.  The following
           dumps are possible:

           all Enables all inter-procedural analysis dumps; currently the only
               produced dump is the cgraph dump.

           cgraph
               Dumps information about call-graph optimization, unused func-
               tion removal, and inlining decisions.

       -fdump-tree-switch
       -fdump-tree-switch-options
           Control the dumping at various stages of processing the intermedi-
           ate language tree to a file.  The file name is generated by append-
           ing a switch specific suffix to the source file name.  If the
           -options form is used, options is a list of - separated options
           that control the details of the dump.  Not all options are applica-
           ble to all dumps, those which are not meaningful will be ignored.
           The following options are available

           address
               Print the address of each node.  Usually this is not meaningful
               as it changes according to the environment and source file.
               Its primary use is for tying up a dump file with a debug envi-
               ronment.

           slim
               Inhibit dumping of members of a scope or body of a function
               merely because that scope has been reached.  Only dump such
               items when they are directly reachable by some other path.
               When dumping pretty-printed trees, this option inhibits dumping
               the bodies of control structures.

           raw Print a raw representation of the tree.  By default, trees are
               pretty-printed into a C-like representation.

           details
               Enable more detailed dumps (not honored by every dump option).

           stats
               Enable dumping various statistics about the pass (not honored
               by every dump option).

           blocks
               Enable showing basic block boundaries (disabled in raw dumps).

           vops
               Enable showing virtual operands for every statement.

           lineno
               Enable showing line numbers for statements.

           uid Enable showing the unique ID ("DECL_UID") for each variable.

           all Turn on all options, except raw, slim and lineno.

           The following tree dumps are possible:

           original
               Dump before any tree based optimization, to file.original.

           optimized
               Dump after all tree based optimization, to file.optimized.

           inlined
               Dump after function inlining, to file.inlined.

           gimple
               Dump each function before and after the gimplification pass to
               a file.  The file name is made by appending .gimple to the
               source file name.

           cfg Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file.  The
               file name is made by appending .cfg to the source file name.

           vcg Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file in VCG
               format.  The file name is made by appending .vcg to the source
               file name.  Note that if the file contains more than one func-
               tion, the generated file cannot be used directly by VCG.  You
               will need to cut and paste each function's graph into its own
               separate file first.

           ch  Dump each function after copying loop headers.  The file name
               is made by appending .ch to the source file name.

           ssa Dump SSA related information to a file.  The file name is made
               by appending .ssa to the source file name.

           salias
               Dump structure aliasing variable information to a file.  This
               file name is made by appending .salias to the source file name.

           alias
               Dump aliasing information for each function.  The file name is
               made by appending .alias to the source file name.

           ccp Dump each function after CCP.  The file name is made by append-
               ing .ccp to the source file name.

           storeccp
               Dump each function after STORE-CCP.  The file name is made by
               appending .storeccp to the source file name.

           pre Dump trees after partial redundancy elimination.  The file name
               is made by appending .pre to the source file name.

           fre Dump trees after full redundancy elimination.  The file name is
               made by appending .fre to the source file name.

           copyprop
               Dump trees after copy propagation.  The file name is made by
               appending .copyprop to the source file name.

           store_copyprop
               Dump trees after store copy-propagation.  The file name is made
               by appending .store_copyprop to the source file name.

           dce Dump each function after dead code elimination.  The file name
               is made by appending .dce to the source file name.

           mudflap
               Dump each function after adding mudflap instrumentation.  The
               file name is made by appending .mudflap to the source file
               name.

           sra Dump each function after performing scalar replacement of
               aggregates.  The file name is made by appending .sra to the
               source file name.

           sink
               Dump each function after performing code sinking.  The file
               name is made by appending .sink to the source file name.

           dom Dump each function after applying dominator tree optimizations.
               The file name is made by appending .dom to the source file
               name.

           dse Dump each function after applying dead store elimination.  The
               file name is made by appending .dse to the source file name.

           phiopt
               Dump each function after optimizing PHI nodes into straightline
               code.  The file name is made by appending .phiopt to the source
               file name.

           forwprop
               Dump each function after forward propagating single use vari-
               ables.  The file name is made by appending .forwprop to the
               source file name.

           copyrename
               Dump each function after applying the copy rename optimization.
               The file name is made by appending .copyrename to the source
               file name.

           nrv Dump each function after applying the named return value opti-
               mization on generic trees.  The file name is made by appending
               .nrv to the source file name.

           vect
               Dump each function after applying vectorization of loops.  The
               file name is made by appending .vect to the source file name.

           vrp Dump each function after Value Range Propagation (VRP).  The
               file name is made by appending .vrp to the source file name.

           all Enable all the available tree dumps with the flags provided in
               this option.

       -ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n
           This option controls the amount of debugging output the vectorizer
           prints.  This information is written to standard error, unless
           -fdump-tree-all or -fdump-tree-vect is specified, in which case it
           is output to the usual dump listing file, .vect.

       -frandom-seed=string
           This option provides a seed that GCC uses when it would otherwise
           use random numbers.  It is used to generate certain symbol names
           that have to be different in every compiled file.  It is also used
           to place unique stamps in coverage data files and the object files
           that produce them.  You can use the -frandom-seed option to produce
           reproducibly identical object files.

           The string should be different for every file you compile.

       -fsched-verbose=n
           On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls
           the amount of debugging output the scheduler prints.  This informa-
           tion is written to standard error, unless -dS or -dR is specified,
           in which case it is output to the usual dump listing file, .sched
           or .sched2 respectively.  However for n greater than nine, the out-
           put is always printed to standard error.

           For n greater than zero, -fsched-verbose outputs the same informa-
           tion as -dRS.  For n greater than one, it also output basic block
           probabilities, detailed ready list information and unit/insn info.
           For n greater than two, it includes RTL at abort point, control-
           flow and regions info.  And for n over four, -fsched-verbose also
           includes dependence info.

       -save-temps
           Store the usual "temporary" intermediate files permanently; place
           them in the current directory and name them based on the source
           file.  Thus, compiling foo.c with -c -save-temps would produce
           files foo.i and foo.s, as well as foo.o.  This creates a prepro-
           cessed foo.i output file even though the compiler now normally uses
           an integrated preprocessor.

           When used in combination with the -x command line option,
           -save-temps is sensible enough to avoid over writing an input
           source file with the same extension as an intermediate file.  The
           corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming the
           source file before using -save-temps.

       -time
           Report the CPU time taken by each subprocess in the compilation
           sequence.  For C source files, this is the compiler proper and
           assembler (plus the linker if linking is done).  The output looks
           like this:

                   # cc1 0.12 0.01
                   # as 0.00 0.01

           The first number on each line is the "user time", that is time
           spent executing the program itself.  The second number is "system
           time", time spent executing operating system routines on behalf of
           the program.  Both numbers are in seconds.

       -fvar-tracking
           Run variable tracking pass.  It computes where variables are stored
           at each position in code.  Better debugging information is then
           generated (if the debugging information format supports this infor-
           mation).

           It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (-Os, -O,
           -O2, ...), debugging information (-g) and the debug info format
           supports it.

       -print-file-name=library
           Print the full absolute name of the library file library that would
           be used when linking---and don't do anything else.  With this
           option, GCC does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
           file name.

       -print-multi-directory
           Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by
           any other switches present in the command line.  This directory is
           supposed to exist in GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.

       -print-multi-lib
           Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler
           switches that enable them.  The directory name is separated from
           the switches by ;, and each switch starts with an @} instead of the
           @samp{-, without spaces between multiple switches.  This is sup-
           posed to ease shell-processing.

       -print-multi-os-directory
           Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multilib, relative
           to some lib subdirectory.  If OS libraries are present in the lib
           subdirectory and no multilibs are used, this is usually just ., if
           OS libraries are present in libsuffix sibling directories this
           prints e.g. ../lib64, ../lib or ../lib32, or if OS libraries are
           present in lib/subdir subdirectories it prints e.g. amd64, sparcv9
           or ev6.

       -print-prog-name=program
           Like -print-file-name, but searches for a program such as cpp.

       -print-libgcc-file-name
           Same as -print-file-name=libgcc.a.

           This is useful when you use -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs but you do
           want to link with libgcc.a.  You can do

                   gcc -nostdlib <files>... 'gcc -print-libgcc-file-name'

       -print-search-dirs
           Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list
           of program and library directories gcc will search---and don't do
           anything else.

           This is useful when gcc prints the error message installation prob-
           lem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or directory.  To resolve this
           you either need to put cpp0 and the other compiler components where
           gcc expects to find them, or you can set the environment variable
           GCC_EXEC_PREFIX to the directory where you installed them.  Don't
           forget the trailing /.

       -dumpmachine
           Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
           i686-pc-linux-gnu)---and don't do anything else.

       -dumpversion
           Print the compiler version (for example, 3.0)---and don't do any-
           thing else.

       -dumpspecs
           Print the compiler's built-in specs---and don't do anything else.
           (This is used when GCC itself is being built.)

       -feliminate-unused-debug-types
           Normally, when producing DWARF2 output, GCC will emit debugging
           information for all types declared in a compilation unit,
           regardless of whether or not they are actually used in that compi-
           lation unit.  Sometimes this is useful, such as if, in the debug-
           ger, you want to cast a value to a type that is not actually used
           in your program (but is declared).  More often, however, this
           results in a significant amount of wasted space.  With this option,
           GCC will avoid producing debug symbol output for types that are
           nowhere used in the source file being compiled.

       Options That Control Optimization

       These options control various sorts of optimizations.

       Without any optimization option, the compiler's goal is to reduce the
       cost of compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results.
       Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint
       between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or
       change the program counter to any other statement in the function and
       get exactly the results you would expect from the source code.

       Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt to improve the
       performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time and
       possibly the ability to debug the program.

       The compiler performs optimization based on the knowledge it has of the
       program.  Optimization levels -O and above, in particular, enable unit-
       at-a-time mode, which allows the compiler to consider information
       gained from later functions in the file when compiling a function.
       Compiling multiple files at once to a single output file in unit-at-a-
       time mode allows the compiler to use information gained from all of the
       files when compiling each of them.

       Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag.  Only opti-
       mizations that have a flag are listed.

       -O
       -O1 Optimize.  Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a
           lot more memory for a large function.

           With -O, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution time,
           without performing any optimizations that take a great deal of com-
           pilation time.

           -O turns on the following optimization flags: -fdefer-pop -fde-
           layed-branch -fguess-branch-probability -fcprop-registers
           -floop-optimize -fif-conversion -fif-conversion2 -ftree-ccp
           -ftree-dce -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse -ftree-ter -ftree-lrs
           -ftree-sra -ftree-copyrename -ftree-fre -ftree-ch -funit-at-a-time
           -fmerge-constants

           -O also turns on -fomit-frame-pointer on machines where doing so
           does not interfere with debugging.

           -O doesn't turn on -ftree-sra for the Ada compiler.  This option
           must be explicitly specified on the command line to be enabled for
           the Ada compiler.

       -O2 Optimize even more.  GCC performs nearly all supported optimiza-
           tions that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff.  The compiler
           does not perform loop unrolling or function inlining when you spec-
           ify -O2.  As compared to -O, this option increases both compilation
           time and the performance of the generated code.

           -O2 turns on all optimization flags specified by -O.  It also turns
           on the following optimization flags: -fthread-jumps -fcrossjumping
           -foptimize-sibling-calls -fcse-follow-jumps  -fcse-skip-blocks
           -fgcse  -fgcse-lm -fexpensive-optimizations -fstrength-reduce -fre-
           run-cse-after-loop  -frerun-loop-opt -fcaller-saves -fpeephole2
           -fschedule-insns  -fschedule-insns2 -fsched-interblock
           -fsched-spec -fregmove -fstrict-aliasing
           -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -freorder-blocks  -freorder-functions
           -falign-functions  -falign-jumps -falign-loops  -falign-labels
           -ftree-vrp -ftree-pre

           Please note the warning under -fgcse about invoking -O2 on programs
           that use computed gotos.

       -O3 Optimize yet more.  -O3 turns on all optimizations specified by -O2
           and also turns on the -finline-functions, -funswitch-loops and
           -fgcse-after-reload options.

       -O0 Do not optimize.  This is the default.

       -Os Optimize for size.  -Os enables all -O2 optimizations that do not
           typically increase code size.  It also performs further
           optimizations designed to reduce code size.

           -Os disables the following optimization flags: -falign-functions
           -falign-jumps  -falign-loops -falign-labels  -freorder-blocks
           -freorder-blocks-and-partition -fprefetch-loop-arrays
           -ftree-vect-loop-version

           If you use multiple -O options, with or without level numbers, the
           last such option is the one that is effective.

       Options of the form -fflag specify machine-independent flags.  Most
       flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo
       would be -fno-foo.  In the table below, only one of the forms is
       listed---the one you typically will use.  You can figure out the other
       form by either removing no- or adding it.

       The following options control specific optimizations.  They are either
       activated by -O options or are related to ones that are.  You can use
       the following flags in the rare cases when "fine-tuning" of optimiza-
       tions to be performed is desired.

       -fno-default-inline
           Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they
           are defined inside the class scope (C++ only).  Otherwise, when you
           specify -O, member functions defined inside class scope are com-
           piled inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add inline in
           front of the member function name.

       -fno-defer-pop
           Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that
           function returns.  For machines which must pop arguments after a
           function call, the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on
           the stack for several function calls and pops them all at once.

           Disabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fforce-mem
           Force memory operands to be copied into registers before doing
           arithmetic on them.  This produces better code by making all memory
           references potential common subexpressions.  When they are not com-
           mon subexpressions, instruction combination should eliminate the
           separate register-load. This option is now a nop and will be
           removed in 4.2.

       -fforce-addr
           Force memory address constants to be copied into registers before
           doing arithmetic on them.

       -fomit-frame-pointer
           Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that don't
           need one.  This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore
           frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available in many
           functions.  It also makes debugging impossible on some machines.

           On some machines, such as the VAX, this flag has no effect, because
           the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame
           pointer and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist.  The
           machine-description macro "FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED" controls whether
           a target machine supports this flag.

           Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -foptimize-sibling-calls
           Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fno-inline
           Don't pay attention to the "inline" keyword.  Normally this option
           is used to keep the compiler from expanding any functions inline.
           Note that if you are not optimizing, no functions can be expanded
           inline.

       -finline-functions
           Integrate all simple functions into their callers.  The compiler
           heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth
           integrating in this way.

           If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function
           is declared "static", then the function is normally not output as
           assembler code in its own right.

           Enabled at level -O3.

       -finline-functions-called-once
           Consider all "static" functions called once for inlining into their
           caller even if they are not marked "inline".  If a call to a given
           function is integrated, then the function is not output as assem-
           bler code in its own right.

           Enabled if -funit-at-a-time is enabled.

       -fearly-inlining
           Inline functions marked by "always_inline" and functions whose body
           seems smaller than the function call overhead early before doing
           -fprofile-generate instrumentation and real inlining pass.  Doing
           so makes profiling significantly cheaper and usually inlining
           faster on programs having large chains of nested wrapper functions.

           Enabled by default.

       -finline-limit=n
           By default, GCC limits the size of functions that can be inlined.
           This flag allows the control of this limit for functions that are
           explicitly marked as inline (i.e., marked with the inline keyword
           or defined within the class definition in c++).  n is the size of
           functions that can be inlined in number of pseudo instructions (not
           counting parameter handling).  The default value of n is 600.
           Increasing this value can result in more inlined code at the cost
           of compilation time and memory consumption.  Decreasing usually
           makes the compilation faster and less code will be inlined (which
           presumably means slower programs).  This option is particularly
           useful for programs that use inlining heavily such as those based
           on recursive templates with C++.

           Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parameters, which
           may be specified individually by using --param name=value.  The
           -finline-limit=n option sets some of these parameters as follows:

           max-inline-insns-single
                is set to I<n>/2.

           max-inline-insns-auto
                is set to I<n>/2.

           min-inline-insns
                is set to 130 or I<n>/4, whichever is smaller.

           max-inline-insns-rtl
                is set to I<n>.

           See below for a documentation of the individual parameters control-
           ling inlining.

           Note: pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
           abstract measurement of function's size.  In no way does it repre-
           sent a count of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning
           might change from one release to an another.

       -fkeep-inline-functions
           In C, emit "static" functions that are declared "inline" into the
           object file, even if the function has been inlined into all of its
           callers.  This switch does not affect functions using the "extern
           inline" extension in GNU C.  In C++, emit any and all inline func-
           tions into the object file.

       -fkeep-static-consts
           Emit variables declared "static const" when optimization isn't
           turned on, even if the variables aren't referenced.

           GCC enables this option by default.  If you want to force the com-
           piler to check if the variable was referenced, regardless of
           whether or not optimization is turned on, use the
           -fno-keep-static-consts option.

       -fmerge-constants
           Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and floating
           point constants) across compilation units.

           This option is the default for optimized compilation if the assem-
           bler and linker support it.  Use -fno-merge-constants to inhibit
           this behavior.

           Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fmerge-all-constants
           Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables.

           This option implies -fmerge-constants.  In addition to -fmerge-con-
           stants this considers e.g. even constant initialized arrays or ini-
           tialized constant variables with integral or floating point types.
           Languages like C or C++ require each non-automatic variable to have
           distinct location, so using this option will result in non-conform-
           ing behavior.

       -fmodulo-sched
           Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first
           scheduling pass.  This pass looks at innermost loops and reorders
           their instructions by overlapping different iterations.

       -fno-branch-count-reg
           Do not use "decrement and branch" instructions on a count register,
           but instead generate a sequence of instructions that decrement a
           register, compare it against zero, then branch based upon the
           result.  This option is only meaningful on architectures that sup-
           port such instructions, which include x86, PowerPC, IA-64 and
           S/390.

           The default is -fbranch-count-reg, enabled when -fstrength-reduce
           is enabled.

       -fno-function-cse
           Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction
           that calls a constant function contain the function's address
           explicitly.

           This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
           that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimiza-
           tions performed when this option is not used.

           The default is -ffunction-cse

       -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
           If the target supports a BSS section, GCC by default puts variables
           that are initialized to zero into BSS.  This can save space in the
           resulting code.

           This option turns off this behavior because some programs explic-
           itly rely on variables going to the data section.  E.g., so that
           the resulting executable can find the beginning of that section
           and/or make assumptions based on that.

           The default is -fzero-initialized-in-bss.

       -fmudflap -fmudflapth -fmudflapir
           For front-ends that support it (C and C++), instrument all risky
           pointer/array dereferencing operations, some standard library
           string/heap functions, and some other associated constructs with
           range/validity tests.  Modules so instrumented should be immune to
           buffer overflows, invalid heap use, and some other classes of C/C++
           programming errors.  The instrumentation relies on a separate run-
           time library (libmudflap), which will be linked into a program if
           -fmudflap is given at link time.  Run-time behavior of the instru-
           mented program is controlled by the MUDFLAP_OPTIONS environment
           variable.  See "env MUDFLAP_OPTIONS=-help a.out" for its options.

           Use -fmudflapth instead of -fmudflap to compile and to link if your
           program is multi-threaded.  Use -fmudflapir, in addition to -fmud-
           flap or -fmudflapth, if instrumentation should ignore pointer
           reads.  This produces less instrumentation (and therefore faster
           execution) and still provides some protection against outright mem-
           ory corrupting writes, but allows erroneously read data to propa-
           gate within a program.

       -fstrength-reduce
           Perform the optimizations of loop strength reduction and elimina-
           tion of iteration variables.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fthread-jumps
           Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
           location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found.
           If so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of
           the second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on
           whether the condition is known to be true or false.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fcse-follow-jumps
           In common subexpression elimination, scan through jump instructions
           when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path.  For
           example, when CSE encounters an "if" statement with an "else"
           clause, CSE will follow the jump when the condition tested is
           false.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fcse-skip-blocks
           This is similar to -fcse-follow-jumps, but causes CSE to follow
           jumps which conditionally skip over blocks.  When CSE encounters a
           simple "if" statement with no else clause, -fcse-skip-blocks causes
           CSE to follow the jump around the body of the "if".

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -frerun-cse-after-loop
           Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations
           has been performed.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -frerun-loop-opt
           Run the loop optimizer twice.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fgcse
           Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.  This pass
           also performs global constant and copy propagation.

           Note: When compiling a program using computed gotos, a GCC exten-
           sion, you may get better runtime performance if you disable the
           global common subexpression elimination pass by adding -fno-gcse to
           the command line.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fgcse-lm
           When -fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression elimination
           will attempt to move loads which are only killed by stores into
           themselves.  This allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to
           be changed to a load outside the loop, and a copy/store within the
           loop.

           Enabled by default when gcse is enabled.

       -fgcse-sm
           When -fgcse-sm is enabled, a store motion pass is run after global
           common subexpression elimination.  This pass will attempt to move
           stores out of loops.  When used in conjunction with -fgcse-lm,
           loops containing a load/store sequence can be changed to a load
           before the loop and a store after the loop.

           Not enabled at any optimization level.

       -fgcse-las
           When -fgcse-las is enabled, the global common subexpression elimi-
           nation pass eliminates redundant loads that come after stores to
           the same memory location (both partial and full redundancies).

           Not enabled at any optimization level.

       -fgcse-after-reload
           When -fgcse-after-reload is enabled, a redundant load elimination
           pass is performed after reload.  The purpose of this pass is to
           cleanup redundant spilling.

       -floop-optimize
           Perform loop optimizations: move constant expressions out of loops,
           simplify exit test conditions and optionally do strength-reduction
           as well.

           Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -floop-optimize2
           Perform loop optimizations using the new loop optimizer.  The opti-
           mizations (loop unrolling, peeling and unswitching, loop invariant
           motion) are enabled by separate flags.

       -funsafe-loop-optimizations
           If given, the loop optimizer will assume that loop indices do not
           overflow, and that the loops with nontrivial exit condition are not
           infinite.  This enables a wider range of loop optimizations even if
           the loop optimizer itself cannot prove that these assumptions are
           valid.  Using -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations, the compiler will warn
           you if it finds this kind of loop.

       -fcrossjumping
           Perform cross-jumping transformation.  This transformation unifies
           equivalent code and save code size.  The resulting code may or may
           not perform better than without cross-jumping.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fif-conversion
           Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equiva-
           lents.  This include use of conditional moves, min, max, set flags
           and abs instructions, and some tricks doable by standard arith-
           metics.  The use of conditional execution on chips where it is
           available is controlled by "if-conversion2".

           Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fif-conversion2
           Use conditional execution (where available) to transform condi-
           tional jumps into branch-less equivalents.

           Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fdelete-null-pointer-checks
           Use global dataflow analysis to identify and eliminate useless
           checks for null pointers.  The compiler assumes that dereferencing
           a null pointer would have halted the program.  If a pointer is
           checked after it has already been dereferenced, it cannot be null.

           In some environments, this assumption is not true, and programs can
           safely dereference null pointers.  Use
           -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this optimization for
           programs which depend on that behavior.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fexpensive-optimizations
           Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expen-
           sive.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -foptimize-register-move
       -fregmove
           Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as
           operands of other simple instructions in order to maximize the
           amount of register tying.  This is especially helpful on machines
           with two-operand instructions.

           Note -fregmove and -foptimize-register-move are the same optimiza-
           tion.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fdelayed-branch
           If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instruc-
           tions to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch
           instructions.

           Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fschedule-insns
           If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instruc-
           tions to eliminate execution stalls due to required data being
           unavailable.  This helps machines that have slow floating point or
           memory load instructions by allowing other instructions to be
           issued until the result of the load or floating point instruction
           is required.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fschedule-insns2
           Similar to -fschedule-insns, but requests an additional pass of
           instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done.
           This is especially useful on machines with a relatively small num-
           ber of registers and where memory load instructions take more than
           one cycle.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fno-sched-interblock
           Don't schedule instructions across basic blocks.  This is normally
           enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
           with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.

       -fno-sched-spec
           Don't allow speculative motion of non-load instructions.  This is
           normally enabled by default when scheduling before register alloca-
           tion, i.e.  with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-spec-load
           Allow speculative motion of some load instructions.  This only
           makes sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
           -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
           Allow speculative motion of more load instructions.  This only
           makes sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
           -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-stalled-insns
       -fsched-stalled-insns=n
           Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the
           queue of stalled insns into the ready list, during the second
           scheduling pass.  -fno-fsched-stalled-insns and
           -fsched-stalled-insns=0 are equivalent and mean that no insns will
           be moved prematurely.  If n is unspecified then there is no limit
           on how many queued insns can be moved prematurely.

       -fsched-stalled-insns-dep
       -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n
           Define how many insn groups (cycles) will be examined for a depen-
           dency on a stalled insn that is candidate for premature removal
           from the queue of stalled insns.  This has an effect only during
           the second scheduling pass, and only if -fsched-stalled-insns is
           used and its value is not zero.  +-fno-sched-stalled-insns-dep is
           equivalent to +-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=0.
           +-fsched-stalled-insns-dep without a value is equivalent to
           +-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=1.

       -fsched2-use-superblocks
           When scheduling after register allocation, do use superblock
           scheduling algorithm.  Superblock scheduling allows motion across
           basic block boundaries resulting on faster schedules.  This option
           is experimental, as not all machine descriptions used by GCC model
           the CPU closely enough to avoid unreliable results from the algo-
           rithm.

           This only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation,
           i.e. with -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched2-use-traces
           Use -fsched2-use-superblocks algorithm when scheduling after regis-
           ter allocation and additionally perform code duplication in order
           to increase the size of superblocks using tracer pass.  See
           -ftracer for details on trace formation.

           This mode should produce faster but significantly longer programs.
           Also without -fbranch-probabilities the traces constructed may not
           match the reality and hurt the performance.  This only makes sense
           when scheduling after register allocation, i.e. with -fsched-
           ule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.

       -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops
           The modulo scheduling comes before the traditional scheduling, if a
           loop was modulo scheduled we may want to prevent the later schedul-
           ing passes from changing its schedule, we use this option to con-
           trol that.

       -fcaller-saves
           Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered
           by function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and
           restore the registers around such calls.  Such allocation is done
           only when it seems to result in better code than would otherwise be
           produced.

           This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usu-
           ally those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -ftree-pre
           Perform Partial Redundancy Elimination (PRE) on trees.  This flag
           is enabled by default at -O2 and -O3.

       -ftree-fre
           Perform Full Redundancy Elimination (FRE) on trees.  The difference
           between FRE and PRE is that FRE only considers expressions that are
           computed on all paths leading to the redundant computation.  This
           analysis faster than PRE, though it exposes fewer redundancies.
           This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-copy-prop
           Perform copy propagation on trees.  This pass eliminates unneces-
           sary copy operations.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and
           higher.

       -ftree-store-copy-prop
           Perform copy propagation of memory loads and stores.  This pass
           eliminates unnecessary copy operations in memory references (struc-
           tures, global variables, arrays, etc).  This flag is enabled by
           default at -O2 and higher.

       -ftree-salias
           Perform structural alias analysis on trees.  This flag is enabled
           by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-sink
           Perform forward store motion  on trees.  This flag is enabled by
           default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-ccp
           Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (CCP) on trees.
           This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by
           default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-store-ccp
           Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (CCP) on trees.
           This pass operates on both local scalar variables and memory stores
           and loads (global variables, structures, arrays, etc).  This flag
           is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.

       -ftree-dce
           Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on trees.  This flag is enabled
           by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-dominator-opts
           Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (constant/copy propaga-
           tion, redundancy elimination, range propagation and expression sim-
           plification) based on a dominator tree traversal.  This also per-
           forms jump threading (to reduce jumps to jumps). This flag is
           enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-ch
           Perform loop header copying on trees.  This is beneficial since it
           increases effectiveness of code motion optimizations.  It also
           saves one jump.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
           It is not enabled for -Os, since it usually increases code size.

       -ftree-loop-optimize
           Perform loop optimizations on trees.  This flag is enabled by
           default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-loop-linear
           Perform linear loop transformations on tree.  This flag can improve
           cache performance and allow further loop optimizations to take
           place.

       -ftree-loop-im
           Perform loop invariant motion on trees.  This pass moves only
           invariants that would be hard to handle at RTL level (function
           calls, operations that expand to nontrivial sequences of insns).
           With -funswitch-loops it also moves operands of conditions that are
           invariant out of the loop, so that we can use just trivial invari-
           antness analysis in loop unswitching.  The pass also includes store
           motion.

       -ftree-loop-ivcanon
           Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in the loop for
           that determining number of iterations requires complicated analy-
           sis.  Later optimizations then may determine the number easily.
           Useful especially in connection with unrolling.

       -fivopts
           Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction,
           induction variable merging and induction variable elimination) on
           trees.

       -ftree-sra
           Perform scalar replacement of aggregates.  This pass replaces
           structure references with scalars to prevent committing structures
           to memory too early.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and
           higher.

       -ftree-copyrename
           Perform copy renaming on trees.  This pass attempts to rename com-
           piler temporaries to other variables at copy locations, usually
           resulting in variable names which more closely resemble the origi-
           nal variables.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-ter
           Perform temporary expression replacement during the SSA->normal
           phase.  Single use/single def temporaries are replaced at their use
           location with their defining expression.  This results in non-GIM-
           PLE code, but gives the expanders much more complex trees to work
           on resulting in better RTL generation.  This is enabled by default
           at -O and higher.

       -ftree-lrs
           Perform live range splitting during the SSA->normal phase.  Dis-
           tinct live ranges of a variable are split into unique variables,
           allowing for better optimization later.  This is enabled by default
           at -O and higher.

       -ftree-vectorize
           Perform loop vectorization on trees.

       -ftree-vect-loop-version
           Perform loop versioning when doing loop vectorization on trees.
           When a loop appears to be vectorizable except that data alignment
           or data dependence cannot be determined at compile time then vec-
           torized and non-vectorized versions of the loop are generated along
           with runtime checks for alignment or dependence to control which
           version is executed.  This option is enabled by default except at
           level -Os where it is disabled.

       -ftree-vrp
           Perform Value Range Propagation on trees.  This is similar to the
           constant propagation pass, but instead of values, ranges of values
           are propagated.  This allows the optimizers to remove unnecessary
           range checks like array bound checks and null pointer checks.  This
           is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.  Null pointer check elimi-
           nation is only done if -fdelete-null-pointer-checks is enabled.

       -ftracer
           Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size.  This trans-
           formation simplifies the control flow of the function allowing
           other optimizations to do better job.

       -funroll-loops
           Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at com-
           pile time or upon entry to the loop.  -funroll-loops implies both
           -fstrength-reduce and -frerun-cse-after-loop.  This option makes
           code larger, and may or may not make it run faster.

       -funroll-all-loops
           Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain
           when the loop is entered.  This usually makes programs run more
           slowly.  -funroll-all-loops implies the same options as -fun-
           roll-loops,

       -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller
           Enables expressing of values of induction variables in later itera-
           tions of the unrolled loop using the value in the first iteration.
           This breaks long dependency chains, thus improving efficiency of
           the scheduling passes.

           Combination of -fweb and CSE is often sufficient to obtain the same
           effect.  However in cases the loop body is more complicated than a
           single basic block, this is not reliable.  It also does not work at
           all on some of the architectures due to restrictions in the CSE
           pass.

           This optimization is enabled by default.

       -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller
           With this option, the compiler will create multiple copies of some
           local variables when unrolling a loop which can result in superior
           code.

       -fprefetch-loop-arrays
           If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to
           prefetch memory to improve the performance of loops that access
           large arrays.

           These options may generate better or worse code; results are highly
           dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.

       -fno-peephole
       -fno-peephole2
           Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations.  The differ-
           ence between -fno-peephole and -fno-peephole2 is in how they are
           implemented in the compiler; some targets use one, some use the
           other, a few use both.

           -fpeephole is enabled by default.  -fpeephole2 enabled at levels
           -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fno-guess-branch-probability
           Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics.

           GCC will use heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they are
           not provided by profiling feedback (-fprofile-arcs).  These heuris-
           tics are based on the control flow graph.  If some branch probabil-
           ities are specified by __builtin_expect, then the heuristics will
           be used to guess branch probabilities for the rest of the control
           flow graph, taking the __builtin_expect info into account.  The
           interactions between the heuristics and __builtin_expect can be
           complex, and in some cases, it may be useful to disable the heuris-
           tics so that the effects of __builtin_expect are easier to under-
           stand.

           The default is -fguess-branch-probability at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
           -Os.

       -freorder-blocks
           Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce
           number of taken branches and improve code locality.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -freorder-blocks-and-partition
           In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in
           order to reduce number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold
           basic blocks into separate sections of the assembly and .o files,
           to improve paging and cache locality performance.

           This optimization is automatically turned off in the presence of
           exception handling, for linkonce sections, for functions with a
           user-defined section attribute and on any architecture that does
           not support named sections.

       -freorder-functions
           Reorder functions in the object file in order to improve code
           locality.  This is implemented by using special subsections
           ".text.hot" for most frequently executed functions and
           ".text.unlikely" for unlikely executed functions.  Reordering is
           done by the linker so object file format must support named sec-
           tions and linker must place them in a reasonable way.

           Also profile feedback must be available in to make this option
           effective.  See -fprofile-arcs for details.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fstrict-aliasing
           Allows the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applica-
           ble to the language being compiled.  For C (and C++), this acti-
           vates optimizations based on the type of expressions.  In particu-
           lar, an object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same
           address as an object of a different type, unless the types are
           almost the same.  For example, an "unsigned int" can alias an
           "int", but not a "void*" or a "double".  A character type may alias
           any other type.

           Pay special attention to code like this:

                   union a_union {
                     int i;
                     double d;
                   };

                   int f() {
                     a_union t;
                     t.d = 3.0;
                     return t.i;
                   }

           The practice of reading from a different union member than the one
           most recently written to (called "type-punning") is common.  Even
           with -fstrict-aliasing, type-punning is allowed, provided the mem-
           ory is accessed through the union type.  So, the code above will
           work as expected.  However, this code might not:

                   int f() {
                     a_union t;
                     int* ip;
                     t.d = 3.0;
                     ip = &t.i;
                     return *ip;
                   }

           Every language that wishes to perform language-specific alias anal-
           ysis should define a function that computes, given an "tree" node,
           an alias set for the node.  Nodes in different alias sets are not
           allowed to alias.  For an example, see the C front-end function
           "c_get_alias_set".

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -falign-functions
       -falign-functions=n
           Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than
           n, skipping up to n bytes.  For instance, -falign-functions=32
           aligns functions to the next 32-byte boundary, but -falign-func-
           tions=24 would align to the next 32-byte boundary only if this can
           be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.

           -fno-align-functions and -falign-functions=1 are equivalent and
           mean that functions will not be aligned.

           Some assemblers only support this flag when n is a power of two; in
           that case, it is rounded up.

           If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-labels
       -falign-labels=n
           Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to
           n bytes like -falign-functions.  This option can easily make code
           slower, because it must insert dummy operations for when the branch
           target is reached in the usual flow of the code.

           -fno-align-labels and -falign-labels=1 are equivalent and mean that
           labels will not be aligned.

           If -falign-loops or -falign-jumps are applicable and are greater
           than this value, then their values are used instead.

           If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default
           which is very likely to be 1, meaning no alignment.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-loops
       -falign-loops=n
           Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to n bytes like
           -falign-functions.  The hope is that the loop will be executed many
           times, which will make up for any execution of the dummy opera-
           tions.

           -fno-align-loops and -falign-loops=1 are equivalent and mean that
           loops will not be aligned.

           If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-jumps
       -falign-jumps=n
           Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets
           where the targets can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to n
           bytes like -falign-functions.  In this case, no dummy operations
           need be executed.

           -fno-align-jumps and -falign-jumps=1 are equivalent and mean that
           loops will not be aligned.

           If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.

           Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -funit-at-a-time
           Parse the whole compilation unit before starting to produce code.
           This allows some extra optimizations to take place but consumes
           more memory (in general).  There are some compatibility issues with
           unit-at-at-time mode:

           *   enabling unit-at-a-time mode may change the order in which
               functions, variables, and top-level "asm" statements are emit-
               ted, and will likely break code relying on some particular
               ordering.  The majority of such top-level "asm" statements,
               though, can be replaced by "section" attributes.

           *   unit-at-a-time mode removes unreferenced static variables and
               functions.  This may result in undefined references when an
               "asm" statement refers directly to variables or functions that
               are otherwise unused.  In that case either the variable/func-
               tion shall be listed as an operand of the "asm" statement
               operand or, in the case of top-level "asm" statements the
               attribute "used" shall be used on the declaration.

           *   Static functions now can use non-standard passing conventions
               that may break "asm" statements calling functions directly.
               Again, attribute "used" will prevent this behavior.

           As a temporary workaround, -fno-unit-at-a-time can be used, but
           this scheme may not be supported by future releases of GCC.

           Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fweb
           Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes
           and assign each web individual pseudo register.  This allows the
           register allocation pass to operate on pseudos directly, but also
           strengthens several other optimization passes, such as CSE, loop
           optimizer and trivial dead code remover.  It can, however, make
           debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in a
           "home register".

           Enabled by default with -funroll-loops.

       -fwhole-program
           Assume that the current compilation unit represents whole program
           being compiled.  All public functions and variables with the excep-
           tion of "main" and those merged by attribute "externally_visible"
           become static functions and in a affect gets more aggressively
           optimized by interprocedural optimizers.  While this option is
           equivalent to proper use of "static" keyword for programs consist-
           ing of single file, in combination with option --combine this flag
           can be used to compile most of smaller scale C programs since the
           functions and variables become local for the whole combined compi-
           lation unit, not for the single source file itself.

       -fcprop-registers
           After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction
           splitting, we perform a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce
           scheduling dependencies and occasionally eliminate the copy.

           Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fprofile-generate
           Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to pro-
           duce profile useful for later recompilation with profile feedback
           based optimization.  You must use -fprofile-generate both when com-
           piling and when linking your program.

           The following options are enabled: "-fprofile-arcs", "-fpro-
           file-values", "-fvpt".

       -fprofile-use
           Enable profile feedback directed optimizations, and optimizations
           generally profitable only with profile feedback available.

           The following options are enabled: "-fbranch-probabilities",
           "-fvpt", "-funroll-loops", "-fpeel-loops", "-ftracer",
           "-fno-loop-optimize".

       The following options control compiler behavior regarding floating
       point arithmetic.  These options trade off between speed and correct-
       ness.  All must be specifically enabled.

       -ffloat-store
           Do not store floating point variables in registers, and inhibit
           other options that might change whether a floating point value is
           taken from a register or memory.

           This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such
           as the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
           precision than a "double" is supposed to have.  Similarly for the
           x86 architecture.  For most programs, the excess precision does
           only good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of
           IEEE floating point.  Use -ffloat-store for such programs, after
           modifying them to store all pertinent intermediate computations
           into variables.

       -ffast-math
           Sets -fno-math-errno, -funsafe-math-optimizations, -fno-trap-
           ping-math, -ffinite-math-only, -fno-rounding-math, -fno-signal-
           ing-nans and fcx-limited-range.

           This option causes the preprocessor macro "__FAST_MATH__" to be
           defined.

           This option should never be turned on by any -O option since it can
           result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an exact
           implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math func-
           tions.

       -fno-math-errno
           Do not set ERRNO after calling math functions that are executed
           with a single instruction, e.g., sqrt.  A program that relies on
           IEEE exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag
           for speed while maintaining IEEE arithmetic compatibility.

           This option should never be turned on by any -O option since it can
           result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an exact
           implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math func-
           tions.

           The default is -fmath-errno.

           On Darwin systems, the math library never sets "errno".  There is
           therefore no reason for the compiler to consider the possibility
           that it might, and -fno-math-errno is the default.

       -funsafe-math-optimizations
           Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume
           that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate IEEE or
           ANSI standards.  When used at link-time, it may include libraries
           or startup files that change the default FPU control word or other
           similar optimizations.

           This option should never be turned on by any -O option since it can
           result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an exact
           implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math func-
           tions.

           The default is -fno-unsafe-math-optimizations.

       -ffinite-math-only
           Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume that
           arguments and results are not NaNs or +-Infs.

           This option should never be turned on by any -O option since it can
           result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an exact
           implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications.

           The default is -fno-finite-math-only.

       -fno-trapping-math
           Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot gener-
           ate user-visible traps.  These traps include division by zero,
           overflow, underflow, inexact result and invalid operation.  This
           option implies -fno-signaling-nans.  Setting this option may allow
           faster code if one relies on "non-stop" IEEE arithmetic, for exam-
           ple.

           This option should never be turned on by any -O option since it can
           result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an exact
           implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math func-
           tions.

           The default is -ftrapping-math.

       -frounding-math
           Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default
           floating point rounding behavior.  This is round-to-zero for all
           floating point to integer conversions, and round-to-nearest for all
           other arithmetic truncations.  This option should be specified for
           programs that change the FP rounding mode dynamically, or that may
           be executed with a non-default rounding mode.  This option disables
           constant folding of floating point expressions at compile-time
           (which may be affected by rounding mode) and arithmetic transforma-
           tions that are unsafe in the presence of sign-dependent rounding
           modes.

           The default is -fno-rounding-math.

           This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
           disable all GCC optimizations that are affected by rounding mode.
           Future versions of GCC may provide finer control of this setting
           using C99's "FENV_ACCESS" pragma.  This command line option will be
           used to specify the default state for "FENV_ACCESS".

       -fsignaling-nans
           Compile code assuming that IEEE signaling NaNs may generate user-
           visible traps during floating-point operations.  Setting this
           option disables optimizations that may change the number of excep-
           tions visible with signaling NaNs.  This option implies -ftrap-
           ping-math.

           This option causes the preprocessor macro "__SUPPORT_SNAN__" to be
           defined.

           The default is -fno-signaling-nans.

           This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
           disable all GCC optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior.

       -fsingle-precision-constant
           Treat floating point constant as single precision constant instead
           of implicitly converting it to double precision constant.

       -fcx-limited-range
           When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not
           needed when performing complex division.  The default is
           -fno-cx-limited-range, but is enabled by -ffast-math.

           This option controls the default setting of the ISO C99 "CX_LIM-
           ITED_RANGE" pragma.  Nevertheless, the option applies to all lan-
           guages.

       The following options control optimizations that may improve perfor-
       mance, but are not enabled by any -O options.  This section includes
       experimental options that may produce broken code.

       -fbranch-probabilities
           After running a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs, you can com-
           pile it a second time using -fbranch-probabilities, to improve
           optimizations based on the number of times each branch was taken.
           When the program compiled with -fprofile-arcs exits it saves arc
           execution counts to a file called sourcename.gcda for each source
           file  The information in this data file is very dependent on the
           structure of the generated code, so you must use the same source
           code and the same optimization options for both compilations.

           With -fbranch-probabilities, GCC puts a REG_BR_PROB note on each
           JUMP_INSN and CALL_INSN.  These can be used to improve optimiza-
           tion.  Currently, they are only used in one place: in reorg.c,
           instead of guessing which path a branch is mostly to take, the
           REG_BR_PROB values are used to exactly determine which path is
           taken more often.

       -fprofile-values
           If combined with -fprofile-arcs, it adds code so that some data
           about values of expressions in the program is gathered.

           With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered from
           profiling values of expressions and adds REG_VALUE_PROFILE notes to
           instructions for their later usage in optimizations.

           Enabled with -fprofile-generate and -fprofile-use.

       -fvpt
           If combined with -fprofile-arcs, it instructs the compiler to add a
           code to gather information about values of expressions.

           With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered and
           actually performs the optimizations based on them.  Currently the
           optimizations include specialization of division operation using
           the knowledge about the value of the denominator.

       -frename-registers
           Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use
           of registers left over after register allocation.  This optimiza-
           tion will most benefit processors with lots of registers.  Depend-
           ing on the debug information format adopted by the target, however,
           it can make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer
           stay in a "home register".

           Enabled by default with -funroll-loops.

       -ftracer
           Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size.  This trans-
           formation simplifies the control flow of the function allowing
           other optimizations to do better job.

           Enabled with -fprofile-use.

       -funroll-loops
           Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at com-
           pile time or upon entry to the loop.  -funroll-loops implies -fre-
           run-cse-after-loop, -fweb and -frename-registers.  It also turns on
           complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with small
           constant number of iterations).  This option makes code larger, and
           may or may not make it run faster.

           Enabled with -fprofile-use.

       -funroll-all-loops
           Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain
           when the loop is entered.  This usually makes programs run more
           slowly.  -funroll-all-loops implies the same options as -fun-
           roll-loops.

       -fpeel-loops
           Peels the loops for that there is enough information that they do
           not roll much (from profile feedback).  It also turns on complete
           loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with small constant
           number of iterations).

           Enabled with -fprofile-use.

       -fmove-loop-invariants
           Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the new loop optimizer.
           Enabled at level -O1

       -funswitch-loops
           Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with
           duplicates of the loop on both branches (modified according to
           result of the condition).

       -fprefetch-loop-arrays
           If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to
           prefetch memory to improve the performance of loops that access
           large arrays.

           Disabled at level -Os.

       -ffunction-sections
       -fdata-sections
           Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
           file if the target supports arbitrary sections.  The name of the
           function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
           in the output file.

           Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimiza-
           tions to improve locality of reference in the instruction space.
           Most systems using the ELF object format and SPARC processors run-
           ning Solaris 2 have linkers with such optimizations.  AIX may have
           these optimizations in the future.

           Only use these options when there are significant benefits from
           doing so.  When you specify these options, the assembler and linker
           will create larger object and executable files and will also be
           slower.  You will not be able to use "gprof" on all systems if you
           specify this option and you may have problems with debugging if you
           specify both this option and -g.

       -fbranch-target-load-optimize
           Perform branch target register load optimization before prologue /
           epilogue threading.  The use of target registers can typically be
           exposed only during reload, thus hoisting loads out of loops and
           doing inter-block scheduling needs a separate optimization pass.

       -fbranch-target-load-optimize2
           Perform branch target register load optimization after prologue /
           epilogue threading.

       -fbtr-bb-exclusive
           When performing branch target register load optimization, don't
           reuse branch target registers in within any basic block.

       -fstack-protector
           Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smash-
           ing attacks.  This is done by adding a guard variable to functions
           with vulnerable objects.  This includes functions that call alloca,
           and functions with buffers larger than 8 bytes.  The guards are
           initialized when a function is entered and then checked when the
           function exits.  If a guard check fails, an error message is
           printed and the program exits.

       -fstack-protector-all
           Like -fstack-protector except that all functions are protected.

       --param name=value
           In some places, GCC uses various constants to control the amount of
           optimization that is done.  For example, GCC will not inline func-
           tions that contain more that a certain number of instructions.  You
           can control some of these constants on the command-line using the
           --param option.

           The names of specific parameters, and the meaning of the values,
           are tied to the internals of the compiler, and are subject to
           change without notice in future releases.

           In each case, the value is an integer.  The allowable choices for
           name are given in the following table:

           salias-max-implicit-fields
               The maximum number of fields in a variable without direct
               structure accesses for which structure aliasing will consider
               trying to track each field.  The default is 5

           sra-max-structure-size
               The maximum structure size, in bytes, at which the scalar
               replacement of aggregates (SRA) optimization will perform block
               copies.  The default value, 0, implies that GCC will select the
               most appropriate size itself.

           sra-field-structure-ratio
               The threshold ratio (as a percentage) between instantiated
               fields and the complete structure size.  We say that if the
               ratio of the number of bytes in instantiated fields to the num-
               ber of bytes in the complete structure exceeds this parameter,
               then block copies are not used.  The default is 75.

           max-crossjump-edges
               The maximum number of incoming edges to consider for crossjump-
               ing.  The algorithm used by -fcrossjumping is O(N^2) in the
               number of edges incoming to each block.  Increasing values mean
               more aggressive optimization, making the compile time increase
               with probably small improvement in executable size.

           min-crossjump-insns
               The minimum number of instructions which must be matched at the
               end of two blocks before crossjumping will be performed on
               them.  This value is ignored in the case where all instructions
               in the block being crossjumped from are matched.  The default
               value is 5.

           max-grow-copy-bb-insns
               The maximum code size expansion factor when copying basic
               blocks instead of jumping.  The expansion is relative to a jump
               instruction.  The default value is 8.

           max-goto-duplication-insns
               The maximum number of instructions to duplicate to a block that
               jumps to a computed goto.  To avoid O(N^2) behavior in a number
               of passes, GCC factors computed gotos early in the compilation
               process, and unfactors them as late as possible.  Only computed
               jumps at the end of a basic blocks with no more than max-goto-
               duplication-insns are unfactored.  The default value is 8.

           max-delay-slot-insn-search
               The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for
               an instruction to fill a delay slot.  If more than this arbi-
               trary number of instructions is searched, the time savings from
               filling the delay slot will be minimal so stop searching.
               Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the
               compile time increase with probably small improvement in exe-
               cutable run time.

           max-delay-slot-live-search
               When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of instruc-
               tions to consider when searching for a block with valid live
               register information.  Increasing this arbitrarily chosen value
               means more aggressive optimization, increasing the compile
               time.  This parameter should be removed when the delay slot
               code is rewritten to maintain the control-flow graph.

           max-gcse-memory
               The approximate maximum amount of memory that will be allocated
               in order to perform the global common subexpression elimination
               optimization.  If more memory than specified is required, the
               optimization will not be done.

           max-gcse-passes
               The maximum number of passes of GCSE to run.  The default is 1.

           max-pending-list-length
               The maximum number of pending dependencies scheduling will
               allow before flushing the current state and starting over.
               Large functions with few branches or calls can create exces-
               sively large lists which needlessly consume memory and
               resources.

           max-inline-insns-single
               Several parameters control the tree inliner used in gcc.  This
               number sets the maximum number of instructions (counted in
               GCC's internal representation) in a single function that the
               tree inliner will consider for inlining.  This only affects
               functions declared inline and methods implemented in a class
               declaration (C++).  The default value is 450.

           max-inline-insns-auto
               When you use -finline-functions (included in -O3), a lot of
               functions that would otherwise not be considered for inlining
               by the compiler will be investigated.  To those functions, a
               different (more restrictive) limit compared to functions
               declared inline can be applied.  The default value is 90.

           large-function-insns
               The limit specifying really large functions.  For functions
               larger than this limit after inlining inlining is constrained
               by --param large-function-growth.  This parameter is useful
               primarily to avoid extreme compilation time caused by non-lin-
               ear algorithms used by the backend.  This parameter is ignored
               when -funit-at-a-time is not used.  The default value is 2700.

           large-function-growth
               Specifies maximal growth of large function caused by inlining
               in percents.  This parameter is ignored when -funit-at-a-time
               is not used.  The default value is 100 which limits large func-
               tion growth to 2.0 times the original size.

           large-unit-insns
               The limit specifying large translation unit.  Growth caused by
               inlining of units larger than this limit is limited by --param
               inline-unit-growth.  For small units this might be too tight
               (consider unit consisting of function A that is inline and B
               that just calls A three time.  If B is small relative to A, the
               growth of unit is 300\% and yet such inlining is very sane.
               For very large units consisting of small inlininable functions
               however the overall unit growth limit is needed to avoid expo-
               nential explosion of code size.  Thus for smaller units, the
               size is increased to --param large-unit-insns before aplying
               --param inline-unit-growth.  The default is 10000

           inline-unit-growth
               Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused
               by inlining.  This parameter is ignored when -funit-at-a-time
               is not used.  The default value is 50 which limits unit growth
               to 1.5 times the original size.

           max-inline-insns-recursive
           max-inline-insns-recursive-auto
               Specifies maximum number of instructions out-of-line copy of
               self recursive inline function can grow into by performing
               recursive inlining.

               For functions declared inline --param max-inline-insns-recur-
               sive is taken into account.  For function not declared inline,
               recursive inlining happens only when -finline-functions
               (included in -O3) is enabled and --param max-inline-insns-
               recursive-auto is used.  The default value is 450.

           max-inline-recursive-depth
           max-inline-recursive-depth-auto
               Specifies maximum recursion depth used by the recursive inlin-
               ing.

               For functions declared inline --param max-inline-recursive-
               depth is taken into account.  For function not declared inline,
               recursive inlining happens only when -finline-functions
               (included in -O3) is enabled and --param max-inline-recursive-
               depth-auto is used.  The default value is 450.

           min-inline-recursive-probability
               Recursive inlining is profitable only for function having deep
               recursion in average and can hurt for function having little
               recursion depth by increasing the prologue size or complexity
               of function body to other optimizers.

               When profile feedback is available (see -fprofile-generate) the
               actual recursion depth can be guessed from probability that
               function will recurse via given call expression.  This parame-
               ter limits inlining only to call expression whose probability
               exceeds given threshold (in percents).  The default value is
               10.

           inline-call-cost
               Specify cost of call instruction relative to simple arithmetics
               operations (having cost of 1).  Increasing this cost disquali-
               fies inlining of non-leaf functions and at the same time
               increases size of leaf function that is believed to reduce
               function size by being inlined.  In effect it increases amount
               of inlining for code having large abstraction penalty (many
               functions that just pass the arguments to other functions) and
               decrease inlining for code with low abstraction penalty.  The
               default value is 16.

           max-unrolled-insns
               The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if
               that loop is unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled, it deter-
               mines how many times the loop code is unrolled.

           max-average-unrolled-insns
               The maximum number of instructions biased by probabilities of
               their execution that a loop should have if that loop is
               unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled, it determines how many
               times the loop code is unrolled.

           max-unroll-times
               The maximum number of unrollings of a single loop.

           max-peeled-insns
               The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if
               that loop is peeled, and if the loop is peeled, it determines
               how many times the loop code is peeled.

           max-peel-times
               The maximum number of peelings of a single loop.

           max-completely-peeled-insns
               The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop.

           max-completely-peel-times
               The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for
               complete peeling.

           max-unswitch-insns
               The maximum number of insns of an unswitched loop.

           max-unswitch-level
               The maximum number of branches unswitched in a single loop.

           lim-expensive
               The minimum cost of an expensive expression in the loop invari-
               ant motion.

           iv-consider-all-candidates-bound
               Bound on number of candidates for induction variables below
               that all candidates are considered for each use in induction
               variable optimizations.  Only the most relevant candidates are
               considered if there are more candidates, to avoid quadratic
               time complexity.

           iv-max-considered-uses
               The induction variable optimizations give up on loops that con-
               tain more induction variable uses.

           iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound
               If number of candidates in the set is smaller than this value,
               we always try to remove unnecessary ivs from the set during its
               optimization when a new iv is added to the set.

           scev-max-expr-size
               Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions ana-
               lyzer.  Large expressions slow the analyzer.

           vect-max-version-checks
               The maximum number of runtime checks that can be performed when
               doing loop versioning in the vectorizer.  See option ftree-
               vect-loop-version for more information.

           max-iterations-to-track
               The maximum number of iterations of a loop the brute force
               algorithm for analysis of # of iterations of the loop tries to
               evaluate.

           hot-bb-count-fraction
               Select fraction of the maximal count of repetitions of basic
               block in program given basic block needs to have to be consid-
               ered hot.

           hot-bb-frequency-fraction
               Select fraction of the maximal frequency of executions of basic
               block in function given basic block needs to have to be consid-
               ered hot

           max-predicted-iterations
               The maximum number of loop iterations we predict statically.
               This is useful in cases where function contain single loop with
               known bound and other loop with unknown.  We predict the known
               number of iterations correctly, while the unknown number of
               iterations average to roughly 10.  This means that the loop
               without bounds would appear artificially cold relative to the
               other one.

           tracer-dynamic-coverage
           tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback
               This value is used to limit superblock formation once the given
               percentage of executed instructions is covered.  This limits
               unnecessary code size expansion.

               The tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback is used only when profile
               feedback is available.  The real profiles (as opposed to stati-
               cally estimated ones) are much less balanced allowing the
               threshold to be larger value.

           tracer-max-code-growth
               Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached given per-
               centage.  This is rather hokey argument, as most of the dupli-
               cates will be eliminated later in cross jumping, so it may be
               set to much higher values than is the desired code growth.

           tracer-min-branch-ratio
               Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability of best edge
               is less than this threshold (in percent).

           tracer-min-branch-ratio
           tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback
               Stop forward growth if the best edge do have probability lower
               than this threshold.

               Similarly to tracer-dynamic-coverage two values are present,
               one for compilation for profile feedback and one for compila-
               tion without.  The value for compilation with profile feedback
               needs to be more conservative (higher) in order to make tracer
               effective.

           max-cse-path-length
               Maximum number of basic blocks on path that cse considers.  The
               default is 10.

           max-cse-insns
               The maximum instructions CSE process before flushing. The
               default is 1000.

           global-var-threshold
               Counts the number of function calls (n) and the number of call-
               clobbered variables (v).  If nxv is larger than this limit, a
               single artificial variable will be created to represent all the
               call-clobbered variables at function call sites.  This artifi-
               cial variable will then be made to alias every call-clobbered
               variable.  (done as "int * size_t" on the host machine; beware
               overflow).

           max-aliased-vops
               Maximum number of virtual operands allowed to represent aliases
               before triggering the alias grouping heuristic.  Alias grouping
               reduces compile times and memory consumption needed for alias-
               ing at the expense of precision loss in alias information.

           ggc-min-expand
               GCC uses a garbage collector to manage its own memory alloca-
               tion.  This parameter specifies the minimum percentage by which
               the garbage collector's heap should be allowed to expand
               between collections.  Tuning this may improve compilation
               speed; it has no effect on code generation.

               The default is 30% + 70% * (RAM/1GB) with an upper bound of
               100% when RAM >= 1GB.  If "getrlimit" is available, the notion
               of "RAM" is the smallest of actual RAM and "RLIMIT_DATA" or
               "RLIMIT_AS".  If GCC is not able to calculate RAM on a particu-
               lar platform, the lower bound of 30% is used.  Setting this
               parameter and ggc-min-heapsize to zero causes a full collection
               to occur at every opportunity.  This is extremely slow, but can
               be useful for debugging.

           ggc-min-heapsize
               Minimum size of the garbage collector's heap before it begins
               bothering to collect garbage.  The first collection occurs
               after the heap expands by ggc-min-expand% beyond ggc-min-heap-
               size.  Again, tuning this may improve compilation speed, and
               has no effect on code generation.

               The default is the smaller of RAM/8, RLIMIT_RSS, or a limit
               which tries to ensure that RLIMIT_DATA or RLIMIT_AS are not
               exceeded, but with a lower bound of 4096 (four megabytes) and
               an upper bound of 131072 (128 megabytes).  If GCC is not able
               to calculate RAM on a particular platform, the lower bound is
               used.  Setting this parameter very large effectively disables
               garbage collection.  Setting this parameter and ggc-min-expand
               to zero causes a full collection to occur at every opportunity.

           max-reload-search-insns
               The maximum number of instruction reload should look backward
               for equivalent register.  Increasing values mean more aggres-
               sive optimization, making the compile time increase with proba-
               bly slightly better performance.  The default value is 100.

           max-cselib-memory-location
               The maximum number of memory locations cselib should take into
               account.  Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization,
               making the compile time increase with probably slightly better
               performance.  The default value is 500.

           max-flow-memory-location
               Similar as max-cselib-memory-location but for dataflow live-
               ness.  The default value is 100.

           reorder-blocks-duplicate
           reorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback
               Used by basic block reordering pass to decide whether to use
               unconditional branch or duplicate the code on its destination.
               Code is duplicated when its estimated size is smaller than this
               value multiplied by the estimated size of unconditional jump in
               the hot spots of the program.

               The reorder-block-duplicate-feedback is used only when profile
               feedback is available and may be set to higher values than
               reorder-block-duplicate since information about the hot spots
               is more accurate.

           max-sched-ready-insns
               The maximum number of instructions ready to be issued the
               scheduler should consider at any given time during the first
               scheduling pass.  Increasing values mean more thorough
               searches, making the compilation time increase with probably
               little benefit.  The default value is 100.

           max-sched-region-blocks
               The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
               interblock scheduling.  The default value is 10.

           max-sched-region-insns
               The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
               interblock scheduling.  The default value is 100.

           min-sched-prob
               The minimum probability of reaching a source block for
               interblock speculative scheduling.  The default value is 40.

           max-last-value-rtl
               The maximum size measured as number of RTLs that can be
               recorded in an expression in combiner for a pseudo register as
               last known value of that register.  The default is 10000.

           integer-share-limit
               Small integer constants can use a shared data structure, reduc-
               ing the compiler's memory usage and increasing its speed.  This
               sets the maximum value of a shared integer constant's.  The
               default value is 256.

           min-virtual-mappings
               Specifies the minimum number of virtual mappings in the incre-
               mental SSA updater that should be registered to trigger the
               virtual mappings heuristic defined by virtual-mappings-ratio.
               The default value is 100.

           virtual-mappings-ratio
               If the number of virtual mappings is virtual-mappings-ratio
               bigger than the number of virtual symbols to be updated, then
               the incremental SSA updater switches to a full update for those
               symbols.  The default ratio is 3.

           ssp-buffer-size
               The minimum size of buffers (i.e. arrays) that will receive
               stack smashing protection when -fstack-protection is used.

           max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts
               Maximum number of statements allowed in a block that needs to
               be duplicated when threading jumps.

           max-fields-for-field-sensitive
               Maximum number of fields in a structure we will treat in a
               field sensitive manner during pointer analysis.

       Options Controlling the Preprocessor

       These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
       file before actual compilation.

       If you use the -E option, nothing is done except preprocessing.  Some
       of these options make sense only together with -E because they cause
       the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual compilation.

           You can use -Wp,option to bypass the compiler driver and pass
           option directly through to the preprocessor.  If option contains
           commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.  However,
           many options are modified, translated or interpreted by the com-
           piler driver before being passed to the preprocessor, and -Wp
           forcibly bypasses this phase.  The preprocessor's direct interface
           is undocumented and subject to change, so whenever possible you
           should avoid using -Wp and let the driver handle the options
           instead.

       -Xpreprocessor option
           Pass option as an option to the preprocessor.  You can use this to
           supply system-specific preprocessor options which GCC does not know
           how to recognize.

           If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
           -Xpreprocessor twice, once for the option and once for the argu-
           ment.

       -D name
           Predefine name as a macro, with definition 1.

       -D name=definition
           The contents of definition are tokenized and processed as if they
           appeared during translation phase three in a #define directive.  In
           particular, the definition will be truncated by embedded newline
           characters.

           If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like
           program you may need to use the shell's quoting syntax to protect
           characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.

           If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line,
           write its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the
           equals sign (if any).  Parentheses are meaningful to most shells,
           so you will need to quote the option.  With sh and csh,
           -D'name(args...)=definition' works.

           -D and -U options are processed in the order they are given on the
           command line.  All -imacros file and -include file options are pro-
           cessed after all -D and -U options.

       -U name
           Cancel any previous definition of name, either built in or provided
           with a -D option.

       -undef
           Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros.  The
           standard predefined macros remain defined.

       -I dir
           Add the directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for
           header files.  Directories named by -I are searched before the
           standard system include directories.  If the directory dir is a
           standard system include directory, the option is ignored to ensure
           that the default search order for system directories and the spe-
           cial treatment of system headers are not defeated .

       -o file
           Write output to file.  This is the same as specifying file as the
           second non-option argument to cpp.  gcc has a different interpreta-
           tion of a second non-option argument, so you must use -o to specify
           the output file.

       -Wall
           Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for normal code.
           At present this is -Wcomment, -Wtrigraphs, -Wmultichar and a
           warning about integer promotion causing a change of sign in "#if"
           expressions.  Note that many of the preprocessor's warnings are on
           by default and have no options to control them.

       -Wcomment
       -Wcomments
           Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a /* comment,
           or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a // comment.  (Both
           forms have the same effect.)

       -Wtrigraphs
           Most trigraphs in comments cannot affect the meaning of the pro-
           gram.  However, a trigraph that would form an escaped newline (??/
           at the end of a line) can, by changing where the comment begins or
           ends.  Therefore, only trigraphs that would form escaped newlines
           produce warnings inside a comment.

           This option is implied by -Wall.  If -Wall is not given, this
           option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled.  To get tri-
           graph conversion without warnings, but get the other -Wall warn-
           ings, use -trigraphs -Wall -Wno-trigraphs.

       -Wtraditional
           Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in tradi-
           tional and ISO C.  Also warn about ISO C constructs that have no
           traditional C equivalent, and problematic constructs which should
           be avoided.

       -Wimport
           Warn the first time #import is used.

       -Wundef
           Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is encountered in
           an #if directive, outside of defined.  Such identifiers are
           replaced with zero.

       -Wunused-macros
           Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused.  A
           macro is used if it is expanded or tested for existence at least
           once.  The preprocessor will also warn if the macro has not been
           used at the time it is redefined or undefined.

           Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and macros
           defined in include files are not warned about.

           Note: If a macro is actually used, but only used in skipped condi-
           tional blocks, then CPP will report it as unused.  To avoid the
           warning in such a case, you might improve the scope of the macro's
           definition by, for example, moving it into the first skipped block.
           Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like:

                   #if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
                   #endif

       -Wendif-labels
           Warn whenever an #else or an #endif are followed by text.  This
           usually happens in code of the form

                   #if FOO
                   ...
                   #else FOO
                   ...
                   #endif FOO

           The second and third "FOO" should be in comments, but often are not
           in older programs.  This warning is on by default.

       -Werror
           Make all warnings into hard errors.  Source code which triggers
           warnings will be rejected.

       -Wsystem-headers
           Issue warnings for code in system headers.  These are normally
           unhelpful in finding bugs in your own code, therefore suppressed.
           If you are responsible for the system library, you may want to see
           them.

       -w  Suppress all warnings, including those which GNU CPP issues by
           default.

       -pedantic
           Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C standard.  Some
           of them are left out by default, since they trigger frequently on
           harmless code.

       -pedantic-errors
           Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all mandatory diag-
           nostics into errors.  This includes mandatory diagnostics that GCC
           issues without -pedantic but treats as warnings.

       -M  Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
           suitable for make describing the dependencies of the main source
           file.  The preprocessor outputs one make rule containing the object
           file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all the
           included files, including those coming from -include or -imacros
           command line options.

           Unless specified explicitly (with -MT or -MQ), the object file name
           consists of the basename of the source file with any suffix
           replaced with object file suffix.  If there are many included files
           then the rule is split into several lines using \-newline.  The
           rule has no commands.

           This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug output, such
           as -dM.  To avoid mixing such debug output with the dependency
           rules you should explicitly specify the dependency output file with
           -MF, or use an environment variable like DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT.
           Debug output will still be sent to the regular output stream as
           normal.

           Passing -M to the driver implies -E, and suppresses warnings with
           an implicit -w.

       -MM Like -M but do not mention header files that are found in system
           header directories, nor header files that are included, directly or
           indirectly, from such a header.

           This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in
           an #include directive does not in itself determine whether that
           header will appear in -MM dependency output.  This is a slight
           change in semantics from GCC versions 3.0 and earlier.

       -MF file
           When used with -M or -MM, specifies a file to write the dependen-
           cies to.  If no -MF switch is given the preprocessor sends the
           rules to the same place it would have sent preprocessed output.

           When used with the driver options -MD or -MMD, -MF overrides the
           default dependency output file.

       -MG In conjunction with an option such as -M requesting dependency gen-
           eration, -MG assumes missing header files are generated files and
           adds them to the dependency list without raising an error.  The
           dependency filename is taken directly from the "#include" directive
           without prepending any path.  -MG also suppresses preprocessed out-
           put, as a missing header file renders this useless.

           This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.

       -MP This option instructs CPP to add a phony target for each dependency
           other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing.  These
           dummy rules work around errors make gives if you remove header
           files without updating the Makefile to match.

           This is typical output:

                   test.o: test.c test.h

                   test.h:

       -MT target
           Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation.  By
           default CPP takes the name of the main input file, including any
           path, deletes any file suffix such as .c, and appends the plat-
           form's usual object suffix.  The result is the target.

           An -MT option will set the target to be exactly the string you
           specify.  If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a
           single argument to -MT, or use multiple -MT options.

           For example, -MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' might give

                   $(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c

       -MQ target
           Same as -MT, but it quotes any characters which are special to
           Make.  -MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives

                   $$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c

           The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given
           with -MQ.

       -MD -MD is equivalent to -M -MF file, except that -E is not implied.
           The driver determines file based on whether an -o option is given.
           If it is, the driver uses its argument but with a suffix of .d,
           otherwise it take the basename of the input file and applies a .d
           suffix.

           If -MD is used in conjunction with -E, any -o switch is understood
           to specify the dependency output file (but @pxref{dashMF,,-MF}),
           but if used without -E, each -o is understood to specify a target
           object file.

           Since -E is not implied, -MD can be used to generate a dependency
           output file as a side-effect of the compilation process.

       -MMD
           Like -MD except mention only user header files, not system header
           files.

       -fpch-deps
           When using precompiled headers, this flag will cause the depen-
           dency-output flags to also list the files from the precompiled
           header's dependencies.  If not specified only the precompiled
           header would be listed and not the files that were used to create
           it because those files are not consulted when a precompiled header
           is used.

       -fpch-preprocess
           This option allows use of a precompiled header together with -E.
           It inserts a special "#pragma", "#pragma GCC pch_preprocess "<file-
           name>"" in the output to mark the place where the precompiled
           header was found, and its filename.  When -fpreprocessed is in use,
           GCC recognizes this "#pragma" and loads the PCH.

           This option is off by default, because the resulting preprocessed
           output is only really suitable as input to GCC.  It is switched on
           by -save-temps.

           You should not write this "#pragma" in your own code, but it is
           safe to edit the filename if the PCH file is available in a differ-
           ent location.  The filename may be absolute or it may be relative
           to GCC's current directory.

       -x c
       -x c++
       -x objective-c
       -x assembler-with-cpp
           Specify the source language: C, C++, Objective-C, or assembly.
           This has nothing to do with standards conformance or extensions; it
           merely selects which base syntax to expect.  If you give none of
           these options, cpp will deduce the language from the extension of
           the source file: .c, .cc, .m, or .S.  Some other common extensions
           for C++ and assembly are also recognized.  If cpp does not recog-
           nize the extension, it will treat the file as C; this is the most
           generic mode.

           Note: Previous versions of cpp accepted a -lang option which
           selected both the language and the standards conformance level.
           This option has been removed, because it conflicts with the -l
           option.

       -std=standard
       -ansi
           Specify the standard to which the code should conform.  Currently
           CPP knows about C and C++ standards; others may be added in the
           future.

           standard may be one of:

           "iso9899:1990"
           "c89"
               The ISO C standard from 1990.  c89 is the customary shorthand
               for this version of the standard.

               The -ansi option is equivalent to -std=c89.

           "iso9899:199409"
               The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.

           "iso9899:1999"
           "c99"
           "iso9899:199x"
           "c9x"
               The revised ISO C standard, published in December 1999.  Before
               publication, this was known as C9X.

           "gnu89"
               The 1990 C standard plus GNU extensions.  This is the default.

           "gnu99"
           "gnu9x"
               The 1999 C standard plus GNU extensions.

           "c++98"
               The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.

           "gnu++98"
               The same as -std=c++98 plus GNU extensions.  This is the
               default for C++ code.

       -I- Split the include path.  Any directories specified with -I options
           before -I- are searched only for headers requested with
           "#include "file""; they are not searched for "#include <file>".  If
           additional directories are specified with -I options after the -I-,
           those directories are searched for all #include directives.

           In addition, -I- inhibits the use of the directory of the current
           file directory as the first search directory for "#include "file"".
           This option has been deprecated.

       -nostdinc
           Do not search the standard system directories for header files.
           Only the directories you have specified with -I options (and the
           directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched.

       -nostdinc++
           Do not search for header files in the C++-specific standard direc-
           tories, but do still search the other standard directories.  (This
           option is used when building the C++ library.)

       -include file
           Process file as if "#include "file"" appeared as the first line of
           the primary source file.  However, the first directory searched for
           file is the preprocessor's working directory instead of the direc-
           tory containing the main source file.  If not found there, it is
           searched for in the remainder of the "#include "..."" search chain
           as normal.

           If multiple -include options are given, the files are included in
           the order they appear on the command line.

       -imacros file
           Exactly like -include, except that any output produced by scanning
           file is thrown away.  Macros it defines remain defined.  This
           allows you to acquire all the macros from a header without also
           processing its declarations.

           All files specified by -imacros are processed before all files
           specified by -include.

       -idirafter dir
           Search dir for header files, but do it after all directories speci-
           fied with -I and the standard system directories have been
           exhausted.  dir is treated as a system include directory.

       -iprefix prefix
           Specify prefix as the prefix for subsequent -iwithprefix options.
           If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the final
           /.

       -iwithprefix dir
       -iwithprefixbefore dir
           Append dir to the prefix specified previously with -iprefix, and
           add the resulting directory to the include search path.  -iwithpre-
           fixbefore puts it in the same place -I would; -iwithprefix puts it
           where -idirafter would.

       -isysroot dir
           This option is like the --sysroot option, but applies only to
           header files.  See the --sysroot option for more information.

       -isystem dir
           Search dir for header files, after all directories specified by -I
           but before the standard system directories.  Mark it as a system
           directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as is applied
           to the standard system directories.

       -iquote dir
           Search dir only for header files requested with "#include "file"";
           they are not searched for "#include <file>", before all directories
           specified by -I and before the standard system directories.

       -fdollars-in-identifiers
           Accept $ in identifiers.

       -fextended-identifiers
           Accept universal character names in identifiers.  This option is
           experimental; in a future version of GCC, it will be enabled by
           default for C99 and C++.

       -fpreprocessed
           Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been
           preprocessed.  This suppresses things like macro expansion, tri-
           graph conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of most
           directives.  The preprocessor still recognizes and removes com-
           ments, so that you can pass a file preprocessed with -C to the com-
           piler without problems.  In this mode the integrated preprocessor
           is little more than a tokenizer for the front ends.

           -fpreprocessed is implicit if the input file has one of the
           extensions .i, .ii or .mi.  These are the extensions that GCC uses
           for preprocessed files created by -save-temps.

       -ftabstop=width
           Set the distance between tab stops.  This helps the preprocessor
           report correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs
           appear on the line.  If the value is less than 1 or greater than
           100, the option is ignored.  The default is 8.

       -fexec-charset=charset
           Set the execution character set, used for string and character con-
           stants.  The default is UTF-8.  charset can be any encoding sup-
           ported by the system's "iconv" library routine.

       -fwide-exec-charset=charset
           Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and
           character constants.  The default is UTF-32 or UTF-16, whichever
           corresponds to the width of "wchar_t".  As with -fexec-charset,
           charset can be any encoding supported by the system's "iconv"
           library routine; however, you will have problems with encodings
           that do not fit exactly in "wchar_t".

       -finput-charset=charset
           Set the input character set, used for translation from the charac-
           ter set of the input file to the source character set used by GCC.
           If the locale does not specify, or GCC cannot get this information
           from the locale, the default is UTF-8.  This can be overridden by
           either the locale or this command line option.  Currently the com-
           mand line option takes precedence if there's a conflict.  charset
           can be any encoding supported by the system's "iconv" library rou-
           tine.

       -fworking-directory
           Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that
           will let the compiler know the current working directory at the
           time of preprocessing.  When this option is enabled, the preproces-
           sor will emit, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker
           with the current working directory followed by two slashes.  GCC
           will use this directory, when it's present in the preprocessed
           input, as the directory emitted as the current working directory in
           some debugging information formats.  This option is implicitly
           enabled if debugging information is enabled, but this can be inhib-
           ited with the negated form -fno-working-directory.  If the -P flag
           is present in the command line, this option has no effect, since no
           "#line" directives are emitted whatsoever.

       -fno-show-column
           Do not print column numbers in diagnostics.  This may be necessary
           if diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not under-
           stand the column numbers, such as dejagnu.

       -A predicate=answer
           Make an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer.
           This form is preferred to the older form -A predicate(answer),
           which is still supported, because it does not use shell special
           characters.

       -A -predicate=answer
           Cancel an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer.

       -dCHARS
           CHARS is a sequence of one or more of the following characters, and
           must not be preceded by a space.  Other characters are interpreted
           by the compiler proper, or reserved for future versions of GCC, and
           so are silently ignored.  If you specify characters whose behavior
           conflicts, the result is undefined.

           M   Instead of the normal output, generate a list of #define direc-
               tives for all the macros defined during the execution of the
               preprocessor, including predefined macros.  This gives you a
               way of finding out what is predefined in your version of the
               preprocessor.  Assuming you have no file foo.h, the command

                       touch foo.h; cpp -dM foo.h

               will show all the predefined macros.

           D   Like M except in two respects: it does not include the prede-
               fined macros, and it outputs both the #define directives and
               the result of preprocessing.  Both kinds of output go to the
               standard output file.

           N   Like D, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.

           I   Output #include directives in addition to the result of prepro-
               cessing.

       -P  Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preproces-
           sor.  This might be useful when running the preprocessor on some-
           thing that is not C code, and will be sent to a program which might
           be confused by the linemarkers.

       -C  Do not discard comments.  All comments are passed through to the
           output file, except for comments in processed directives, which are
           deleted along with the directive.

           You should be prepared for side effects when using -C; it causes
           the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right.
           For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a
           directive line have the effect of turning that line into an ordi-
           nary source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a
           #.

       -CC Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion.  This is
           like -C, except that comments contained within macros are also
           passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded.

           In addition to the side-effects of the -C option, the -CC option
           causes all C++-style comments inside a macro to be converted to
           C-style comments.  This is to prevent later use of that macro from
           inadvertently commenting out the remainder of the source line.

           The -CC option is generally used to support lint comments.

       -traditional-cpp
           Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C preprocessors, as
           opposed to ISO C preprocessors.

       -trigraphs
           Process trigraph sequences.  These are three-character sequences,
           all starting with ??, that are defined by ISO C to stand for single
           characters.  For example, ??/ stands for \, so '??/n' is a charac-
           ter constant for a newline.  By default, GCC ignores trigraphs, but
           in standard-conforming modes it converts them.  See the -std and
           -ansi options.

           The nine trigraphs and their replacements are

                   Trigraph:       ??(  ??)  ??<  ??>  ??=  ??/  ??'  ??!  ??-
                   Replacement:      [    ]    {    }    #    \    ^    |    ~

       -remap
           Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit
           very short file names, such as MS-DOS.

       --help
       --target-help
           Print text describing all the command line options instead of pre-
           processing anything.

       -v  Verbose mode.  Print out GNU CPP's version number at the beginning
           of execution, and report the final form of the include path.

       -H  Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other nor-
           mal activities.  Each name is indented to show how deep in the
           #include stack it is.  Precompiled header files are also printed,
           even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled header
           file is printed with ...x and a valid one with ...! .

       -version
       --version
           Print out GNU CPP's version number.  With one dash, proceed to pre-
           process as normal.  With two dashes, exit immediately.

       Passing Options to the Assembler

       You can pass options to the assembler.

       -Wa,option
           Pass option as an option to the assembler.  If option contains com-
           mas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.

       -Xassembler option
           Pass option as an option to the assembler.  You can use this to
           supply system-specific assembler options which GCC does not know
           how to recognize.

           If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
           -Xassembler twice, once for the option and once for the argument.

       Options for Linking

       These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
       an executable output file.  They are meaningless if the compiler is not
       doing a link step.

       object-file-name
           A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
           considered to name an object file or library.  (Object files are
           distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
           contents.)  If linking is done, these object files are used as
           input to the linker.

       -c
       -S
       -E  If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
           object file names should not be used as arguments.

       -llibrary
       -l library
           Search the library named library when linking.  (The second alter-
           native with the library as a separate argument is only for POSIX
           compliance and is not recommended.)

           It makes a difference where in the command you write this option;
           the linker searches and processes libraries and object files in the
           order they are specified.  Thus, foo.o -lz bar.o searches library z
           after file foo.o but before bar.o.  If bar.o refers to functions in
           z, those functions may not be loaded.

           The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library,
           which is actually a file named liblibrary.a.  The linker then uses
           this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.

           The directories searched include several standard system directo-
           ries plus any that you specify with -L.

           Normally the files found this way are library files---archive files
           whose members are object files.  The linker handles an archive file
           by scanning through it for members which define symbols that have
           so far been referenced but not defined.  But if the file that is
           found is an ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fash-
           ion.  The only difference between using an -l option and specifying
           a file name is that -l surrounds library with lib and .a and
           searches several directories.

       -lobjc
           You need this special case of the -l option in order to link an
           Objective-C or Objective-C++ program.

       -nostartfiles
           Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.  The
           standard system libraries are used normally, unless -nostdlib or
           -nodefaultlibs is used.

       -nodefaultlibs
           Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.  Only the
           libraries you specify will be passed to the linker.  The standard
           startup files are used normally, unless -nostartfiles is used.  The
           compiler may generate calls to "memcmp", "memset", "memcpy" and
           "memmove".  These entries are usually resolved by entries in libc.
           These entry points should be supplied through some other mechanism
           when this option is specified.

       -nostdlib
           Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when
           linking.  No startup files and only the libraries you specify will
           be passed to the linker.  The compiler may generate calls to "mem-
           cmp", "memset", "memcpy" and "memmove".  These entries are usually
           resolved by entries in libc.  These entry points should be supplied
           through some other mechanism when this option is specified.

           One of the standard libraries bypassed by -nostdlib and -nodefault-
           libs is libgcc.a, a library of internal subroutines that GCC uses
           to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special needs
           for some languages.

           In most cases, you need libgcc.a even when you want to avoid other
           standard libraries.  In other words, when you specify -nostdlib or
           -nodefaultlibs you should usually specify -lgcc as well.  This
           ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal GCC
           library subroutines.  (For example, __main, used to ensure C++ con-
           structors will be called.)

       -pie
           Produce a position independent executable on targets which support
           it.  For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of
           options that were used to generate code (-fpie, -fPIE, or model
           suboptions) when you specify this option.

       -rdynamic
           Pass the flag -export-dynamic to the ELF linker, on targets that
           support it. This instructs the linker to add all symbols, not only
           used ones, to the dynamic symbol table. This option is needed for
           some uses of "dlopen" or to allow obtaining backtraces from within
           a program.

       -s  Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the exe-
           cutable.

       -static
           On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with
           the shared libraries.  On other systems, this option has no effect.

       -shared
           Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects
           to form an executable.  Not all systems support this option.  For
           predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options
           that were used to generate code (-fpic, -fPIC, or model suboptions)
           when you specify this option.[1]

       -shared-libgcc
       -static-libgcc
           On systems that provide libgcc as a shared library, these options
           force the use of either the shared or static version respectively.
           If no shared version of libgcc was built when the compiler was con-
           figured, these options have no effect.

           There are several situations in which an application should use the
           shared libgcc instead of the static version.  The most common of
           these is when the application wishes to throw and catch exceptions
           across different shared libraries.  In that case, each of the
           libraries as well as the application itself should use the shared
           libgcc.

           Therefore, the G++ and GCJ drivers automatically add -shared-libgcc
           whenever you build a shared library or a main executable, because
           C++ and Java programs typically use exceptions, so this is the
           right thing to do.

           If, instead, you use the GCC driver to create shared libraries, you
           may find that they will not always be linked with the shared
           libgcc.  If GCC finds, at its configuration time, that you have a
           non-GNU linker or a GNU linker that does not support option
           --eh-frame-hdr, it will link the shared version of libgcc into
           shared libraries by default.  Otherwise, it will take advantage of
           the linker and optimize away the linking with the shared version of
           libgcc, linking with the static version of libgcc by default.  This
           allows exceptions to propagate through such shared libraries, with-
           out incurring relocation costs at library load time.

           However, if a library or main executable is supposed to throw or
           catch exceptions, you must link it using the G++ or GCJ driver, as
           appropriate for the languages used in the program, or using the
           option -shared-libgcc, such that it is linked with the shared
           libgcc.

       -symbolic
           Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object.
           Warn about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link
           editor option -Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs).  Only a few systems sup-
           port this option.

       -Xlinker option
           Pass option as an option to the linker.  You can use this to supply
           system-specific linker options which GCC does not know how to rec-
           ognize.

           If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
           -Xlinker twice, once for the option and once for the argument.  For
           example, to pass -assert definitions, you must write -Xlinker
           -assert -Xlinker definitions.  It does not work to write -Xlinker
           "-assert definitions", because this passes the entire string as a
           single argument, which is not what the linker expects.

       -Wl,option
           Pass option as an option to the linker.  If option contains commas,
           it is split into multiple options at the commas.

       -u symbol
           Pretend the symbol symbol is undefined, to force linking of library
           modules to define it.  You can use -u multiple times with different
           symbols to force loading of additional library modules.

       Options for Directory Search

       These options specify directories to search for header files, for
       libraries and for parts of the compiler:

       -Idir
           Add the directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be
           searched for header files.  This can be used to override a system
           header file, substituting your own version, since these directories
           are searched before the system header file directories.  However,
           you should not use this option to add directories that contain ven-
           dor-supplied system header files (use -isystem for that).  If you
           use more than one -I option, the directories are scanned in left-
           to-right order; the standard system directories come after.

           If a standard system include directory, or a directory specified
           with -isystem, is also specified with -I, the -I option will be
           ignored.  The directory will still be searched but as a system
           directory at its normal position in the system include chain.  This
           is to ensure that GCC's procedure to fix buggy system headers and
           the ordering for the include_next directive are not inadvertently
           changed.  If you really need to change the search order for system
           directories, use the -nostdinc and/or -isystem options.

       -iquotedir
           Add the directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be
           searched for header files only for the case of #include "file";
           they are not searched for #include <file>, otherwise just like -I.

       -Ldir
           Add directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for -l.

       -Bprefix
           This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
           include files, and data files of the compiler itself.

           The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
           cpp, cc1, as and ld.  It tries prefix as a prefix for each program
           it tries to run, both with and without machine/version/.

           For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
           -B prefix, if any.  If that name is not found, or if -B was not
           specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, which are
           /usr/lib/gcc/ and /usr/local/lib/gcc/.  If neither of those results
           in a file name that is found, the unmodified program name is
           searched for using the directories specified in your PATH environ-
           ment variable.

           The compiler will check to see if the path provided by the -B
           refers to a directory, and if necessary it will add a directory
           separator character at the end of the path.

           -B prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply to
           libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
           options into -L options for the linker.  They also apply to
           includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates
           these options into -isystem options for the preprocessor.  In this
           case, the compiler appends include to the prefix.

           The run-time support file libgcc.a can also be searched for using
           the -B prefix, if needed.  If it is not found there, the two stan-
           dard prefixes above are tried, and that is all.  The file is left
           out of the link if it is not found by those means.

           Another way to specify a prefix much like the -B prefix is to use
           the environment variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.

           As a special kludge, if the path provided by -B is [dir/]stageN/,
           where N is a number in the range 0 to 9, then it will be replaced
           by [dir/]include.  This is to help with boot-strapping the com-
           piler.

       -specs=file
           Process file after the compiler reads in the standard specs file,
           in order to override the defaults that the gcc driver program uses
           when determining what switches to pass to cc1, cc1plus, as, ld,
           etc.  More than one -specs=file can be specified on the command
           line, and they are processed in order, from left to right.

       --sysroot=dir
           Use dir as the logical root directory for headers and libraries.
           For example, if the compiler would normally search for headers in
           /usr/include and libraries in /usr/lib, it will instead search
           dir/usr/include and dir/usr/lib.

           If you use both this option and the -isysroot option, then the
           --sysroot option will apply to libraries, but the -isysroot option
           will apply to header files.

           The GNU linker (beginning with version 2.16) has the necessary sup-
           port for this option.  If your linker does not support this option,
           the header file aspect of --sysroot will still work, but the
           library aspect will not.

       -I- This option has been deprecated.  Please use -iquote instead for -I
           directories before the -I- and remove the -I-.  Any directories you
           specify with -I options before the -I- option are searched only for
           the case of #include "file"; they are not searched for #include
           <file>.

           If additional directories are specified with -I options after the
           -I-, these directories are searched for all #include directives.
           (Ordinarily all -I directories are used this way.)

           In addition, the -I- option inhibits the use of the current direc-
           tory (where the current input file came from) as the first search
           directory for #include "file".  There is no way to override this
           effect of -I-.  With -I. you can specify searching the directory
           which was current when the compiler was invoked.  That is not
           exactly the same as what the preprocessor does by default, but it
           is often satisfactory.

           -I- does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories for
           header files.  Thus, -I- and -nostdinc are independent.

       Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version

       The usual way to run GCC is to run the executable called gcc, or
       <machine>-gcc when cross-compiling, or <machine>-gcc-<version> to run a
       version other than the one that was installed last.  Sometimes this is
       inconvenient, so GCC provides options that will switch to another
       cross-compiler or version.

       -b machine
           The argument machine specifies the target machine for compilation.

           The value to use for machine is the same as was specified as the
           machine type when configuring GCC as a cross-compiler.  For exam-
           ple, if a cross-compiler was configured with configure arm-elf,
           meaning to compile for an arm processor with elf binaries, then you
           would specify -b arm-elf to run that cross compiler.  Because there
           are other options beginning with -b, the configuration must contain
           a hyphen.

       -V version
           The argument version specifies which version of GCC to run.  This
           is useful when multiple versions are installed.  For example, ver-
           sion might be 4.0, meaning to run GCC version 4.0.

       The -V and -b options work by running the <machine>-gcc-<version> exe-
       cutable, so there's no real reason to use them if you can just run that
       directly.

       Hardware Models and Configurations

       Earlier we discussed the standard option -b which chooses among differ-
       ent installed compilers for completely different target machines, such
       as VAX vs. 68000 vs. 80386.

       In addition, each of these target machine types can have its own spe-
       cial options, starting with -m, to choose among various hardware models
       or configurations---for example, 68010 vs 68020, floating coprocessor
       or none.  A single installed version of the compiler can compile for
       any model or configuration, according to the options specified.

       Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special
       options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
       platform.

       ARC Options

       These options are defined for ARC implementations:

       -EL Compile code for little endian mode.  This is the default.

       -EB Compile code for big endian mode.

       -mmangle-cpu
           Prepend the name of the cpu to all public symbol names.  In multi-
           ple-processor systems, there are many ARC variants with different
           instruction and register set characteristics.  This flag prevents
           code compiled for one cpu to be linked with code compiled for
           another.  No facility exists for handling variants that are "almost
           identical".  This is an all or nothing option.

       -mcpu=cpu
           Compile code for ARC variant cpu.  Which variants are supported
           depend on the configuration.  All variants support -mcpu=base, this
           is the default.

       -mtext=text-section
       -mdata=data-section
       -mrodata=readonly-data-section
           Put functions, data, and readonly data in text-section, data-sec-
           tion, and readonly-data-section respectively by default.  This can
           be overridden with the "section" attribute.

       ARM Options

       These -m options are defined for Advanced RISC Machines (ARM) architec-
       tures:

       -mabi=name
           Generate code for the specified ABI.  Permissible values are: apcs-
           gnu, atpcs, aapcs, aapcs-linux and iwmmxt.

       -mapcs-frame
           Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure
           Call Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly nec-
           essary for correct execution of the code.  Specifying
           -fomit-frame-pointer with this option will cause the stack frames
           not to be generated for leaf functions.  The default is
           -mno-apcs-frame.

       -mapcs
           This is a synonym for -mapcs-frame.

       -mthumb-interwork
           Generate code which supports calling between the ARM and Thumb
           instruction sets.  Without this option the two instruction sets
           cannot be reliably used inside one program.  The default is
           -mno-thumb-interwork, since slightly larger code is generated when
           -mthumb-interwork is specified.

       -mno-sched-prolog
           Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prolog, or
           the merging of those instruction with the instructions in the func-
           tion's body.  This means that all functions will start with a rec-
           ognizable set of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a
           small set of different function prologues), and this information
           can be used to locate the start if functions inside an executable
           piece of code.  The default is -msched-prolog.

       -mhard-float
           Generate output containing floating point instructions.  This is
           the default.

       -msoft-float
           Generate output containing library calls for floating point.  Warn-
           ing: the requisite libraries are not available for all ARM targets.
           Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used,
           but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation.  You must
           make your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions
           for cross-compilation.

           -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file;
           therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with
           this option.  In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the
           library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
           work.

       -mfloat-abi=name
           Specifies which ABI to use for floating point values.  Permissible
           values are: soft, softfp and hard.

           soft and hard are equivalent to -msoft-float and -mhard-float
           respectively.  softfp allows the generation of floating point
           instructions, but still uses the soft-float calling conventions.

       -mlittle-endian
           Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.  This
           is the default for all standard configurations.

       -mbig-endian
           Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the
           default is to compile code for a little-endian processor.

       -mwords-little-endian
           This option only applies when generating code for big-endian pro-
           cessors.  Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-
           endian byte order.  That is, a byte order of the form 32107654.
           Note: this option should only be used if you require compatibility
           with code for big-endian ARM processors generated by versions of
           the compiler prior to 2.8.

       -mcpu=name
           This specifies the name of the target ARM processor.  GCC uses this
           name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when gener-
           ating assembly code.  Permissible names are: arm2, arm250, arm3,
           arm6, arm60, arm600, arm610, arm620, arm7, arm7m, arm7d, arm7dm,
           arm7di, arm7dmi, arm70, arm700, arm700i, arm710, arm710c, arm7100,
           arm7500, arm7500fe, arm7tdmi, arm7tdmi-s, arm8, strongarm, stron-
           garm110, strongarm1100, arm8, arm810, arm9, arm9e, arm920, arm920t,
           arm922t, arm946e-s, arm966e-s, arm968e-s, arm926ej-s, arm940t,
           arm9tdmi, arm10tdmi, arm1020t, arm1026ej-s, arm10e, arm1020e,
           arm1022e, arm1136j-s, arm1136jf-s, mpcore, mpcorenovfp,
           arm1176jz-s, arm1176jzf-s, xscale, iwmmxt, ep9312.

       -mtune=name
           This option is very similar to the -mcpu= option, except that
           instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
           restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that GCC
           should tune the performance of the code as if the target were of
           the type specified in this option, but still choosing the instruc-
           tions that it will generate based on the cpu specified by a -mcpu=
           option.  For some ARM implementations better performance can be
           obtained by using this option.

       -march=name
           This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture.  GCC uses
           this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when
           generating assembly code.  This option can be used in conjunction
           with or instead of the -mcpu= option.  Permissible names are:
           armv2, armv2a, armv3, armv3m, armv4, armv4t, armv5, armv5t,
           armv5te, armv6, armv6j, iwmmxt, ep9312.

       -mfpu=name
       -mfpe=number
       -mfp=number
           This specifies what floating point hardware (or hardware emulation)
           is available on the target.  Permissible names are: fpa, fpe2,
           fpe3, maverick, vfp.  -mfp and -mfpe are synonyms for -mfpu=fpenum-
           ber, for compatibility with older versions of GCC.

           If -msoft-float is specified this specifies the format of floating
           point values.

       -mstructure-size-boundary=n
           The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a mul-
           tiple of the number of bits set by this option.  Permissible values
           are 8, 32 and 64.  The default value varies for different
           toolchains.  For the COFF targeted toolchain the default value is
           8.  A value of 64 is only allowed if the underlying ABI supports
           it.

           Specifying the larger number can produce faster, more efficient
           code, but can also increase the size of the program.  Different
           values are potentially incompatible.  Code compiled with one value
           cannot necessarily expect to work with code or libraries compiled
           with another value, if they exchange information using structures
           or unions.

       -mabort-on-noreturn
           Generate a call to the function "abort" at the end of a "noreturn"
           function.  It will be executed if the function tries to return.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
           Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
           address of the function into a register and then performing a sub-
           routine call on this register.  This switch is needed if the target
           function will lie outside of the 64 megabyte addressing range of
           the offset based version of subroutine call instruction.

           Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls will be
           turned into long calls.  The heuristic is that static functions,
           functions which have the short-call attribute, functions that are
           inside the scope of a #pragma no_long_calls directive and functions
           whose definitions have already been compiled within the current
           compilation unit, will not be turned into long calls.  The excep-
           tion to this rule is that weak function definitions, functions with
           the long-call attribute or the section attribute, and functions
           that are within the scope of a #pragma long_calls directive, will
           always be turned into long calls.

           This feature is not enabled by default.  Specifying -mno-long-calls
           will restore the default behavior, as will placing the function
           calls within the scope of a #pragma long_calls_off directive.  Note
           these switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to
           handle function calls via function pointers.

       -mnop-fun-dllimport
           Disable support for the "dllimport" attribute.

       -msingle-pic-base
           Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather
           than loading it in the prologue for each function.  The run-time
           system is responsible for initializing this register with an appro-
           priate value before execution begins.

       -mpic-register=reg
           Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing.  The default is
           R10 unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.

       -mcirrus-fix-invalid-insns
           Insert NOPs into the instruction stream to in order to work around
           problems with invalid Maverick instruction combinations.  This
           option is only valid if the -mcpu=ep9312 option has been used to
           enable generation of instructions for the Cirrus Maverick floating
           point co-processor.  This option is not enabled by default, since
           the problem is only present in older Maverick implementations.  The
           default can be re-enabled by use of the -mno-cir-
           rus-fix-invalid-insns switch.

       -mpoke-function-name
           Write the name of each function into the text section, directly
           preceding the function prologue.  The generated code is similar to
           this:

                        t0
                            .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
                            .align
                        t1
                            .word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
                        arm_poke_function_name
                            mov     ip, sp
                            stmfd   sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
                            sub     fp, ip, #4

           When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value of
           "pc" stored at "fp + 0".  If the trace function then looks at loca-
           tion "pc - 12" and the top 8 bits are set, then we know that there
           is a function name embedded immediately preceding this location and
           has length "((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000)".

       -mthumb
           Generate code for the 16-bit Thumb instruction set.  The default is
           to use the 32-bit ARM instruction set.

       -mtpcs-frame
           Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure
           Call Standard for all non-leaf functions.  (A leaf function is one
           that does not call any other functions.)  The default is
           -mno-tpcs-frame.

       -mtpcs-leaf-frame
           Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure
           Call Standard for all leaf functions.  (A leaf function is one that
           does not call any other functions.)  The default is
           -mno-apcs-leaf-frame.

       -mcallee-super-interworking
           Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled
           an ARM instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before
           executing the rest of the function.  This allows these functions to
           be called from non-interworking code.

       -mcaller-super-interworking
           Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
           execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
           compiled for interworking or not.  There is a small overhead in the
           cost of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled.

       -mtp=name
           Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer.  The
           valid models are soft, which generates calls to "__aeabi_read_tp",
           cp15, which fetches the thread pointer from "cp15" directly (sup-
           ported in the arm6k architecture), and auto, which uses the best
           available method for the selected processor.  The default setting
           is auto.

       AVR Options

       These options are defined for AVR implementations:

       -mmcu=mcu
           Specify ATMEL AVR instruction set or MCU type.

           Instruction set avr1 is for the minimal AVR core, not supported by
           the C compiler, only for assembler programs (MCU types: at90s1200,
           attiny10, attiny11, attiny12, attiny15, attiny28).

           Instruction set avr2 (default) is for the classic AVR core with up
           to 8K program memory space (MCU types: at90s2313, at90s2323,
           attiny22, at90s2333, at90s2343, at90s4414, at90s4433, at90s4434,
           at90s8515, at90c8534, at90s8535).

           Instruction set avr3 is for the classic AVR core with up to 128K
           program memory space (MCU types: atmega103, atmega603, at43usb320,
           at76c711).

           Instruction set avr4 is for the enhanced AVR core with up to 8K
           program memory space (MCU types: atmega8, atmega83, atmega85).

           Instruction set avr5 is for the enhanced AVR core with up to 128K
           program memory space (MCU types: atmega16, atmega161, atmega163,
           atmega32, atmega323, atmega64, atmega128, at43usb355, at94k).

       -msize
           Output instruction sizes to the asm file.

       -minit-stack=N
           Specify the initial stack address, which may be a symbol or numeric
           value, __stack is the default.

       -mno-interrupts
           Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts.  Code
           size will be smaller.

       -mcall-prologues
           Functions prologues/epilogues expanded as call to appropriate sub-
           routines.  Code size will be smaller.

       -mno-tablejump
           Do not generate tablejump insns which sometimes increase code size.

       -mtiny-stack
           Change only the low 8 bits of the stack pointer.

       -mint8
           Assume int to be 8 bit integer.  This affects the sizes of all
           types: A char will be 1 byte, an int will be 1 byte, an long will
           be 2 bytes and long long will be 4 bytes.  Please note that this
           option does not comply to the C standards, but it will provide you
           with smaller code size.

       Blackfin Options

       -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
           Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions.
           This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame
           pointers and makes an extra register available in leaf functions.
           The option -fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for all
           functions which might make debugging harder.

       -mspecld-anomaly
           When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does
           not contain speculative loads after jump instructions.  This option
           is enabled by default.

       -mno-specld-anomaly
           Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from occur-
           ring.

       -mcsync-anomaly
           When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does
           not contain CSYNC or SSYNC instructions too soon after conditional
           branches.  This option is enabled by default.

       -mno-csync-anomaly
           Don't generate extra code to prevent CSYNC or SSYNC instructions
           from occurring too soon after a conditional branch.

       -mlow-64k
           When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowl-
           edge that the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory.

       -mno-low-64k
           Assume that the program is arbitrarily large.  This is the default.

       -mid-shared-library
           Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID
           method.  This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in
           an environment without virtual memory management.  This option
           implies -fPIC.

       -mno-id-shared-library
           Generate code that doesn't assume ID based shared libraries are
           being used.  This is the default.

       -mshared-library-id=n
           Specified the identification number of the ID based shared library
           being compiled.  Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact
           code, specifying other values will force the allocation of that
           number to the current library but is no more space or time effi-
           cient than omitting this option.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
           Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
           address of the function into a register and then performing a sub-
           routine call on this register.  This switch is needed if the target
           function will lie outside of the 24 bit addressing range of the
           offset based version of subroutine call instruction.

           This feature is not enabled by default.  Specifying -mno-long-calls
           will restore the default behavior.  Note these switches have no
           effect on how the compiler generates code to handle function calls
           via function pointers.

       CRIS Options

       These options are defined specifically for the CRIS ports.

       -march=architecture-type
       -mcpu=architecture-type
           Generate code for the specified architecture.  The choices for
           architecture-type are v3, v8 and v10 for respectively ETRAX 4,
           ETRAX 100, and ETRAX 100 LX.  Default is v0 except for
           cris-axis-linux-gnu, where the default is v10.

       -mtune=architecture-type
           Tune to architecture-type everything applicable about the generated
           code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions.
           The choices for architecture-type are the same as for -march=archi-
           tecture-type.

       -mmax-stack-frame=n
           Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds n bytes.

       -melinux-stacksize=n
           Only available with the cris-axis-aout target.  Arranges for indi-
           cations in the program to the kernel loader that the stack of the
           program should be set to n bytes.

       -metrax4
       -metrax100
           The options -metrax4 and -metrax100 are synonyms for -march=v3 and
           -march=v8 respectively.

       -mmul-bug-workaround
       -mno-mul-bug-workaround
           Work around a bug in the "muls" and "mulu" instructions for CPU
           models where it applies.  This option is active by default.

       -mpdebug
           Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the
           assembly code.  This option also has the effect to turn off the
           #NO_APP formatted-code indicator to the assembler at the beginning
           of the assembly file.

       -mcc-init
           Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always
           emit compare and test instructions before use of condition codes.

       -mno-side-effects
           Do not emit instructions with side-effects in addressing modes
           other than post-increment.

       -mstack-align
       -mno-stack-align
       -mdata-align
       -mno-data-align
       -mconst-align
       -mno-const-align
           These options (no-options) arranges (eliminate arrangements) for
           the stack-frame, individual data and constants to be aligned for
           the maximum single data access size for the chosen CPU model.  The
           default is to arrange for 32-bit alignment.  ABI details such as
           structure layout are not affected by these options.

       -m32-bit
       -m16-bit
       -m8-bit
           Similar to the stack- data- and const-align options above, these
           options arrange for stack-frame, writable data and constants to all
           be 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit aligned.  The default is 32-bit align-
           ment.

       -mno-prologue-epilogue
       -mprologue-epilogue
           With -mno-prologue-epilogue, the normal function prologue and epi-
           logue that sets up the stack-frame are omitted and no return
           instructions or return sequences are generated in the code.  Use
           this option only together with visual inspection of the compiled
           code: no warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers
           must be saved, or storage for local variable needs to be allocated.

       -mno-gotplt
       -mgotplt
           With -fpic and -fPIC, don't generate (do generate) instruction
           sequences that load addresses for functions from the PLT part of
           the GOT rather than (traditional on other architectures) calls to
           the PLT.  The default is -mgotplt.

       -maout
           Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-aout target.

       -melf
           Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-elf and
           cris-axis-linux-gnu targets.

       -melinux
           Only recognized with the cris-axis-aout target, where it selects a
           GNU/linux-like multilib, include files and instruction set for
           -march=v8.

       -mlinux
           Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-linux-gnu
           target.

       -sim
           This option, recognized for the cris-axis-aout and cris-axis-elf
           arranges to link with input-output functions from a simulator
           library.  Code, initialized data and zero-initialized data are
           allocated consecutively.

       -sim2
           Like -sim, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at
           0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at 0x80000000.

       CRX Options

       These options are defined specifically for the CRX ports.

       -mmac
           Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by
           default.

       -mpush-args
           Push instructions will be used to pass outgoing arguments when
           functions are called. Enabled by default.

       Darwin Options

       These options are defined for all architectures running the Darwin
       operating system.

       FSF GCC on Darwin does not create "fat" object files; it will create an
       object file for the single architecture that it was built to target.
       Apple's GCC on Darwin does create "fat" files if multiple -arch options
       are used; it does so by running the compiler or linker multiple times
       and joining the results together with lipo.

       The subtype of the file created (like ppc7400 or ppc970 or i686) is
       determined by the flags that specify the ISA that GCC is targetting,
       like -mcpu or -march.  The -force_cpusubtype_ALL option can be used to
       override this.

       The Darwin tools vary in their behavior when presented with an ISA mis-
       match.  The assembler, as, will only permit instructions to be used
       that are valid for the subtype of the file it is generating, so you
       cannot put 64-bit instructions in an ppc750 object file.  The linker
       for shared libraries, /usr/bin/libtool, will fail and print an error if
       asked to create a shared library with a less restrictive subtype than
       its input files (for instance, trying to put a ppc970 object file in a
       ppc7400 library).  The linker for executables, ld, will quietly give
       the executable the most restrictive subtype of any of its input files.

       -Fdir
           Add the framework directory dir to the head of the list of directo-
           ries to be searched for header files.  These directories are inter-
           leaved with those specified by -I options and are scanned in a
           left-to-right order.

           A framework directory is a directory with frameworks in it.  A
           framework is a directory with a "Headers" and/or "PrivateHeaders"
           directory contained directly in it that ends in ".framework".  The
           name of a framework is the name of this directory excluding the
           ".framework".  Headers associated with the framework are found in
           one of those two directories, with "Headers" being searched first.
           A subframework is a framework directory that is in a framework's
           "Frameworks" directory.  Includes of subframework headers can only
           appear in a header of a framework that contains the subframework,
           or in a sibling subframework header.  Two subframeworks are sib-
           lings if they occur in the same framework.  A subframework should
           not have the same name as a framework, a warning will be issued if
           this is violated.  Currently a subframework cannot have subframe-
           works, in the future, the mechanism may be extended to support
           this.  The standard frameworks can be found in "/Sys-
           tem/Library/Frameworks" and "/Library/Frameworks".  An example
           include looks like "#include <Framework/header.h>", where Framework
           denotes the name of the framework and header.h is found in the
           "PrivateHeaders" or "Headers" directory.

       -gused
           Emit debugging information for symbols that are used.  For STABS
           debugging format, this enables -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols.
           This is by default ON.

       -gfull
           Emit debugging information for all symbols and types.

       -mmacosx-version-min=version
           The earliest version of MacOS X that this executable will run on is
           version.  Typical values of version include 10.1, 10.2, and 10.3.9.

           The default for this option is to make choices that seem to be most
           useful.

       -mone-byte-bool
           Override the defaults for bool so that sizeof(bool)==1.  By default
           sizeof(bool) is 4 when compiling for Darwin/PowerPC and 1 when com-
           piling for Darwin/x86, so this option has no effect on x86.

           Warning: The -mone-byte-bool switch causes GCC to generate code
           that is not binary compatible with code generated without that
           switch.  Using this switch may require recompiling all other mod-
           ules in a program, including system libraries.  Use this switch to
           conform to a non-default data model.

       -mfix-and-continue
       -ffix-and-continue
       -findirect-data
           Generate code suitable for fast turn around development.  Needed to
           enable gdb to dynamically load ".o" files into already running
           programs.  -findirect-data and -ffix-and-continue are provided for
           backwards compatibility.

       -all_load
           Loads all members of static archive libraries.  See man ld(1) for
           more information.

       -arch_errors_fatal
           Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong archi-
           tecture to be fatal.

       -bind_at_load
           Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker
           will bind all undefined references when the file is loaded or
           launched.

       -bundle
           Produce a Mach-o bundle format file.  See man ld(1) for more infor-
           mation.

       -bundle_loader executable
           This option specifies the executable that will be loading the build
           output file being linked.  See man ld(1) for more information.

       -dynamiclib
           When passed this option, GCC will produce a dynamic library instead
           of an executable when linking, using the Darwin libtool command.

       -force_cpusubtype_ALL
           This causes GCC's output file to have the ALL subtype, instead of
           one controlled by the -mcpu or -march option.

       -allowable_client  client_name
       -client_name
       -compatibility_version
       -current_version
       -dead_strip
       -dependency-file
       -dylib_file
       -dylinker_install_name
       -dynamic
       -exported_symbols_list
       -filelist
       -flat_namespace
       -force_flat_namespace
       -headerpad_max_install_names
       -image_base
       -init
       -install_name
       -keep_private_externs
       -multi_module
       -multiply_defined
       -multiply_defined_unused
       -noall_load
       -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
       -nofixprebinding
       -nomultidefs
       -noprebind
       -noseglinkedit
       -pagezero_size
       -prebind
       -prebind_all_twolevel_modules
       -private_bundle
       -read_only_relocs
       -sectalign
       -sectobjectsymbols
       -whyload
       -seg1addr
       -sectcreate
       -sectobjectsymbols
       -sectorder
       -segaddr
       -segs_read_only_addr
       -segs_read_write_addr
       -seg_addr_table
       -seg_addr_table_filename
       -seglinkedit
       -segprot
       -segs_read_only_addr
       -segs_read_write_addr
       -single_module
       -static
       -sub_library
       -sub_umbrella
       -twolevel_namespace
       -umbrella
       -undefined
       -unexported_symbols_list
       -weak_reference_mismatches
       -whatsloaded
           These options are passed to the Darwin linker.  The Darwin linker
           man page describes them in detail.

       DEC Alpha Options

       These -m options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementations:

       -mno-soft-float
       -msoft-float
           Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
           floating-point operations.  When -msoft-float is specified, func-
           tions in libgcc.a will be used to perform floating-point opera-
           tions.  Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
           floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call
           such emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point
           operations.   If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-
           point operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as
           not to call them.

           Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations
           are required to have floating-point registers.

       -mfp-reg
       -mno-fp-regs
           Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register
           set.  -mno-fp-regs implies -msoft-float.  If the floating-point
           register set is not used, floating point operands are passed in
           integer registers as if they were integers and floating-point
           results are passed in $0 instead of $f0.  This is a non-standard
           calling sequence, so any function with a floating-point argument or
           return value called by code compiled with -mno-fp-regs must also be
           compiled with that option.

           A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not
           use, and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point regis-
           ters.

       -mieee
           The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized
           for maximum performance.  It is mostly compliant with the IEEE
           floating point standard.  However, for full compliance, software
           assistance is required.  This option generates code fully IEEE com-
           pliant code except that the inexact-flag is not maintained (see
           below).  If this option is turned on, the preprocessor macro
           "_IEEE_FP" is defined during compilation.  The resulting code is
           less efficient but is able to correctly support denormalized num-
           bers and exceptional IEEE values such as not-a-number and
           plus/minus infinity.  Other Alpha compilers call this option
           -ieee_with_no_inexact.

       -mieee-with-inexact
           This is like -mieee except the generated code also maintains the
           IEEE inexact-flag.  Turning on this option causes the generated
           code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math.  In addition to
           "_IEEE_FP", "_IEEE_FP_EXACT" is defined as a preprocessor macro.
           On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute sig-
           nificantly slower than the code generated by default.  Since there
           is very little code that depends on the inexact-flag, you should
           normally not specify this option.  Other Alpha compilers call this
           option -ieee_with_inexact.

       -mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode
           This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
           Other Alpha compilers call this option -fptm trap-mode.  The trap
           mode can be set to one of four values:

           n   This is the default (normal) setting.  The only traps that are
               enabled are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g.,
               division by zero trap).

           u   In addition to the traps enabled by n, underflow traps are
               enabled as well.

           su  Like su, but the instructions are marked to be safe for soft-
               ware completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).

           sui Like su, but inexact traps are enabled as well.

       -mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode
           Selects the IEEE rounding mode.  Other Alpha compilers call this
           option -fprm rounding-mode.  The rounding-mode can be one of:

           n   Normal IEEE rounding mode.  Floating point numbers are rounded
               towards the nearest machine number or towards the even machine
               number in case of a tie.

           m   Round towards minus infinity.

           c   Chopped rounding mode.  Floating point numbers are rounded
               towards zero.

           d   Dynamic rounding mode.  A field in the floating point control
               register (fpcr, see Alpha architecture reference manual) con-
               trols the rounding mode in effect.  The C library initializes
               this register for rounding towards plus infinity.  Thus, unless
               your program modifies the fpcr, d corresponds to round towards
               plus infinity.

       -mtrap-precision=trap-precision
           In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are imprecise.
           This means without software assistance it is impossible to recover
           from a floating trap and program execution normally needs to be
           terminated.  GCC can generate code that can assist operating system
           trap handlers in determining the exact location that caused a
           floating point trap.  Depending on the requirements of an applica-
           tion, different levels of precisions can be selected:

           p   Program precision.  This option is the default and means a trap
               handler can only identify which program caused a floating point
               exception.

           f   Function precision.  The trap handler can determine the func-
               tion that caused a floating point exception.

           i   Instruction precision.  The trap handler can determine the
               exact instruction that caused a floating point exception.

           Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
           -scope_safe and -resumption_safe.

       -mieee-conformant
           This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant.  You must
           not use this option unless you also specify -mtrap-precision=i and
           either -mfp-trap-mode=su or -mfp-trap-mode=sui.  Its only effect is
           to emit the line .eflag 48 in the function prologue of the gener-
           ated assembly file.  Under DEC Unix, this has the effect that IEEE-
           conformant math library routines will be linked in.

       -mbuild-constants
           Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to see if it
           can construct it from smaller constants in two or three instruc-
           tions.  If it cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and
           generate code to load it from the data segment at runtime.

           Use this option to require GCC to construct all integer constants
           using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is
           six).

           You would typically use this option to build a shared library
           dynamic loader.  Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself
           in memory before it can find the variables and constants in its own
           data segment.

       -malpha-as
       -mgas
           Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-sup-
           plied assembler (-malpha-as) or by the GNU assembler -mgas.

       -mbwx
       -mno-bwx
       -mcix
       -mno-cix
       -mfix
       -mno-fix
       -mmax
       -mno-max
           Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the optional BWX,
           CIX, FIX and MAX instruction sets.  The default is to use the
           instruction sets supported by the CPU type specified via -mcpu=
           option or that of the CPU on which GCC was built if none was speci-
           fied.

       -mfloat-vax
       -mfloat-ieee
           Generate code that uses (does not use) VAX F and G floating point
           arithmetic instead of IEEE single and double precision.

       -mexplicit-relocs
       -mno-explicit-relocs
           Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol reloca-
           tions except via assembler macros.  Use of these macros does not
           allow optimal instruction scheduling.  GNU binutils as of version
           2.12 supports a new syntax that allows the compiler to explicitly
           mark which relocations should apply to which instructions.  This
           option is mostly useful for debugging, as GCC detects the capabili-
           ties of the assembler when it is built and sets the default accord-
           ingly.

       -msmall-data
       -mlarge-data
           When -mexplicit-relocs is in effect, static data is accessed via
           gp-relative relocations.  When -msmall-data is used, objects 8
           bytes long or smaller are placed in a small data area (the ".sdata"
           and ".sbss" sections) and are accessed via 16-bit relocations off
           of the $gp register.  This limits the size of the small data area
           to 64KB, but allows the variables to be directly accessed via a
           single instruction.

           The default is -mlarge-data.  With this option the data area is
           limited to just below 2GB.  Programs that require more than 2GB of
           data must use "malloc" or "mmap" to allocate the data in the heap
           instead of in the program's data segment.

           When generating code for shared libraries, -fpic implies
           -msmall-data and -fPIC implies -mlarge-data.

       -msmall-text
       -mlarge-text
           When -msmall-text is used, the compiler assumes that the code of
           the entire program (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is thus
           reachable with a branch instruction.  When -msmall-data is used,
           the compiler can assume that all local symbols share the same $gp
           value, and thus reduce the number of instructions required for a
           function call from 4 to 1.

           The default is -mlarge-text.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
           Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for
           machine type cpu_type.  You can specify either the EV style name or
           the corresponding chip number.  GCC supports scheduling parameters
           for the EV4, EV5 and EV6 family of processors and will choose the
           default values for the instruction set from the processor you spec-
           ify.  If you do not specify a processor type, GCC will default to
           the processor on which the compiler was built.

           Supported values for cpu_type are

           ev4
           ev45
           21064
               Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set extensions.

           ev5
           21164
               Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set extensions.

           ev56
           21164a
               Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX extension.

           pca56
           21164pc
           21164PC
               Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX extensions.

           ev6
           21264
               Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, FIX, and MAX exten-
               sions.

           ev67
           21264a
               Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, CIX, FIX, and MAX
               extensions.

       -mtune=cpu_type
           Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
           cpu_type.  The instruction set is not changed.

       -mmemory-latency=time
           Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
           references as seen by the application.  This number is highly
           dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application and
           the size of the external cache on the machine.

           Valid options for time are

           number
               A decimal number representing clock cycles.

           L1
           L2
           L3
           main
               The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles
               for "typical" EV4 & EV5 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
               (also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main
               memory.  Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.

       DEC Alpha/VMS Options

       These -m options are defined for the DEC Alpha/VMS implementations:

       -mvms-return-codes
           Return VMS condition codes from main.  The default is to return
           POSIX style condition (e.g. error) codes.

       FRV Options

       -mgpr-32
           Only use the first 32 general purpose registers.

       -mgpr-64
           Use all 64 general purpose registers.

       -mfpr-32
           Use only the first 32 floating point registers.

       -mfpr-64
           Use all 64 floating point registers

       -mhard-float
           Use hardware instructions for floating point operations.

       -msoft-float
           Use library routines for floating point operations.

       -malloc-cc
           Dynamically allocate condition code registers.

       -mfixed-cc
           Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only
           use "icc0" and "fcc0".

       -mdword
           Change ABI to use double word insns.

       -mno-dword
           Do not use double word instructions.

       -mdouble
           Use floating point double instructions.

       -mno-double
           Do not use floating point double instructions.

       -mmedia
           Use media instructions.

       -mno-media
           Do not use media instructions.

       -mmuladd
           Use multiply and add/subtract instructions.

       -mno-muladd
           Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions.

       -mfdpic
           Select the FDPIC ABI, that uses function descriptors to represent
           pointers to functions.  Without any PIC/PIE-related options, it
           implies -fPIE.  With -fpic or -fpie, it assumes GOT entries and
           small data are within a 12-bit range from the GOT base address;
           with -fPIC or -fPIE, GOT offsets are computed with 32 bits.

       -minline-plt
           Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that
           are not known to bind locally.  It has no effect without -mfdpic.
           It's enabled by default if optimizing for speed and compiling for
           shared libraries (i.e., -fPIC or -fpic), or when an optimization
           option such as -O3 or above is present in the command line.

       -mTLS
           Assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code.

       -mtls
           Do not assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local
           code.

       -mgprel-ro
           Enable the use of "GPREL" relocations in the FDPIC ABI for data
           that is known to be in read-only sections.  It's enabled by
           default, except for -fpic or -fpie: even though it may help make
           the global offset table smaller, it trades 1 instruction for 4.
           With -fPIC or -fPIE, it trades 3 instructions for 4, one of which
           may be shared by multiple symbols, and it avoids the need for a GOT
           entry for the referenced symbol, so it's more likely to be a win.
           If it is not, -mno-gprel-ro can be used to disable it.

       -multilib-library-pic
           Link with the (library, not FD) pic libraries.  It's implied by
           -mlibrary-pic, as well as by -fPIC and -fpic without -mfdpic.  You
           should never have to use it explicitly.

       -mlinked-fp
           Follow the EABI requirement of always creating a frame pointer
           whenever a stack frame is allocated.  This option is enabled by
           default and can be disabled with -mno-linked-fp.

       -mlong-calls
           Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current com-
           pilation unit.  This allows the functions to be placed anywhere
           within the 32-bit address space.

       -malign-labels
           Try to align labels to an 8-byte boundary by inserting nops into
           the previous packet.  This option only has an effect when VLIW
           packing is enabled.  It doesn't create new packets; it merely adds
           nops to existing ones.

       -mlibrary-pic
           Generate position-independent EABI code.

       -macc-4
           Use only the first four media accumulator registers.

       -macc-8
           Use all eight media accumulator registers.

       -mpack
           Pack VLIW instructions.

       -mno-pack
           Do not pack VLIW instructions.

       -mno-eflags
           Do not mark ABI switches in e_flags.

       -mcond-move
           Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default).

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mno-cond-move
           Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mscc
           Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default).

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mno-scc
           Disable the use of conditional set instructions.

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mcond-exec
           Enable the use of conditional execution (default).

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mno-cond-exec
           Disable the use of conditional execution.

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mvliw-branch
           Run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions (default).

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mno-vliw-branch
           Do not run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions.

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mmulti-cond-exec
           Enable optimization of "&&" and "||" in conditional execution
           (default).

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mno-multi-cond-exec
           Disable optimization of "&&" and "||" in conditional execution.

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mnested-cond-exec
           Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default).

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -mno-nested-cond-exec
           Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.

           This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
           removed in a future version.

       -moptimize-membar
           This switch removes redundant "membar" instructions from the com-
           piler generated code.  It is enabled by default.

       -mno-optimize-membar
           This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant "membar"
           instructions from the generated code.

       -mtomcat-stats
           Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.

       -mcpu=cpu
           Select the processor type for which to generate code.  Possible
           values are frv, fr550, tomcat, fr500, fr450, fr405, fr400, fr300
           and simple.

       H8/300 Options

       These -m options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:

       -mrelax
           Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses
           the linker option -relax.

       -mh Generate code for the H8/300H.

       -ms Generate code for the H8S.

       -mn Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode.  This
           switch must be used either with -mh or -ms.

       -ms2600
           Generate code for the H8S/2600.  This switch must be used with -ms.

       -mint32
           Make "int" data 32 bits by default.

       -malign-300
           On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the
           H8/300.  The default for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and
           floats on 4 byte boundaries.  -malign-300 causes them to be aligned
           on 2 byte boundaries.  This option has no effect on the H8/300.

       HPPA Options

       These -m options are defined for the HPPA family of computers:

       -march=architecture-type
           Generate code for the specified architecture.  The choices for
           architecture-type are 1.0 for PA 1.0, 1.1 for PA 1.1, and 2.0 for
           PA 2.0 processors.  Refer to /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX sys-
           tem to determine the proper architecture option for your machine.
           Code compiled for lower numbered architectures will run on higher
           numbered architectures, but not the other way around.

       -mpa-risc-1-0
       -mpa-risc-1-1
       -mpa-risc-2-0
           Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0 respectively.

       -mbig-switch
           Generate code suitable for big switch tables.  Use this option only
           if the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within
           a switch table.

       -mjump-in-delay
           Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instruc-
           tions by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be
           the target of the conditional jump.

       -mdisable-fpregs
           Prevent floating point registers from being used in any manner.
           This is necessary for compiling kernels which perform lazy context
           switching of floating point registers.  If you use this option and
           attempt to perform floating point operations, the compiler will
           abort.

       -mdisable-indexing
           Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes.  This
           avoids some rather obscure problems when compiling MIG generated
           code under MACH.

       -mno-space-regs
           Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers.  This
           allows GCC to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index
           address modes.

           Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels.

       -mfast-indirect-calls
           Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries.
           This allows GCC to emit code which performs faster indirect calls.

           This option will not work in the presence of shared libraries or
           nested functions.

       -mfixed-range=register-range
           Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
           A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use.
           This is useful when compiling kernel code.  A register range is
           specified as two registers separated by a dash.  Multiple register
           ranges can be specified separated by a comma.

       -mlong-load-store
           Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes
           required by the HP-UX 10 linker.  This is equivalent to the +k
           option to the HP compilers.

       -mportable-runtime
           Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF sys-
           tems.

       -mgas
           Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands.

       -mschedule=cpu-type
           Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
           cpu-type.  The choices for cpu-type are 700 7100, 7100LC, 7200,
           7300 and 8000.  Refer to /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system
           to determine the proper scheduling option for your machine.  The
           default scheduling is 8000.

       -mlinker-opt
           Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker.  Note this makes
           symbolic debugging impossible.  It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX
           8 and HP-UX 9 linkers in which they give bogus error messages when
           linking some programs.

       -msoft-float
           Generate output containing library calls for floating point.  Warn-
           ing: the requisite libraries are not available for all HPPA
           targets.  Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler
           are used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation.
           You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library
           functions for cross-compilation.  The embedded target hppa1.1-*-pro
           does provide software floating point support.

           -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file;
           therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with
           this option.  In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the
           library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
           work.

       -msio
           Generate the predefine, "_SIO", for server IO.  The default is
           -mwsio.  This generates the predefines, "__hp9000s700",
           "__hp9000s700__" and "_WSIO", for workstation IO.  These options
           are available under HP-UX and HI-UX.

       -mgnu-ld
           Use GNU ld specific options.  This passes -shared to ld when build-
           ing a shared library.  It is the default when GCC is configured,
           explicitly or implicitly, with the GNU linker.  This option does
           not have any affect on which ld is called, it only changes what
           parameters are passed to that ld.  The ld that is called is deter-
           mined by the --with-ld configure option, GCC's program search path,
           and finally by the user's PATH.  The linker used by GCC can be
           printed using which 'gcc -print-prog-name=ld'.  This option is only
           available on the 64 bit HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with
           hppa*64*-*-hpux*.

       -mhp-ld
           Use HP ld specific options.  This passes -b to ld when building a
           shared library and passes +Accept TypeMismatch to ld on all links.
           It is the default when GCC is configured, explicitly or implicitly,
           with the HP linker.  This option does not have any affect on which
           ld is called, it only changes what parameters are passed to that
           ld.  The ld that is called is determined by the --with-ld configure
           option, GCC's program search path, and finally by the user's PATH.
           The linker used by GCC can be printed using which 'gcc
           -print-prog-name=ld'.  This option is only available on the 64 bit
           HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with hppa*64*-*-hpux*.

       -mlong-calls
           Generate code that uses long call sequences.  This ensures that a
           call is always able to reach linker generated stubs.  The default
           is to generate long calls only when the distance from the call site
           to the beginning of the function or translation unit, as the case
           may be, exceeds a predefined limit set by the branch type being
           used.  The limits for normal calls are 7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes,
           respectively for the PA 2.0 and PA 1.X architectures.  Sibcalls are
           always limited at 240,000 bytes.

           Distances are measured from the beginning of functions when using
           the -ffunction-sections option, or when using the -mgas and
           -mno-portable-runtime options together under HP-UX with the SOM
           linker.

           It is normally not desirable to use this option as it will degrade
           performance.  However, it may be useful in large applications, par-
           ticularly when partial linking is used to build the application.

           The types of long calls used depends on the capabilities of the
           assembler and linker, and the type of code being generated.  The
           impact on systems that support long absolute calls, and long pic
           symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be relatively small.
           However, an indirect call is used on 32-bit ELF systems in pic code
           and it is quite long.

       -munix=unix-std
           Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the speci-
           fied UNIX standard.  The choices for unix-std are 93, 95 and 98.
           93 is supported on all HP-UX versions.  95 is available on HP-UX
           10.10 and later.  98 is available on HP-UX 11.11 and later.  The
           default values are 93 for HP-UX 10.00, 95 for HP-UX 10.10 though to
           11.00, and 98 for HP-UX 11.11 and later.

           -munix=93 provides the same predefines as GCC 3.3 and 3.4.
           -munix=95 provides additional predefines for "XOPEN_UNIX" and
           "_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED", and the startfile unix95.o.  -munix=98
           provides additional predefines for "_XOPEN_UNIX",
           "_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED", "_INCLUDE__STDC_A1_SOURCE" and
           "_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_500", and the startfile unix98.o.

           It is important to note that this option changes the interfaces for
           various library routines.  It also affects the operational behavior
           of the C library.  Thus, extreme care is needed in using this
           option.

           Library code that is intended to operate with more than one UNIX
           standard must test, set and restore the variable
           __xpg4_extended_mask as appropriate.  Most GNU software doesn't
           provide this capability.

       -nolibdld
           Suppress the generation of link options to search libdld.sl when
           the -static option is specified on HP-UX 10 and later.

       -static
           The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on
           libdld.sl.  There isn't an archive version of libdld.sl.  Thus,
           when the -static option is specified, special link options are
           needed to resolve this dependency.

           On HP-UX 10 and later, the GCC driver adds the necessary options to
           link with libdld.sl when the -static option is specified.  This
           causes the resulting binary to be dynamic.  On the 64-bit port, the
           linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in any case.  The
           -nolibdld option can be used to prevent the GCC driver from adding
           these link options.

       -threads
           Add support for multithreading with the dce thread library under
           HP-UX.  This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and
           linker.

       Intel 386 and AMD x86-64 Options

       These -m options are defined for the i386 and x86-64 family of comput-
       ers:

       -mtune=cpu-type
           Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code,
           except for the ABI and the set of available instructions.  The
           choices for cpu-type are:

           generic
               Produce code optimized for the most common IA32/AMD64/EM64T
               processors.  If you know the CPU on which your code will run,
               then you should use the corresponding -mtune option instead of
               -mtune=generic.  But, if you do not know exactly what CPU users
               of your application will have, then you should use this option.

               As new processors are deployed in the marketplace, the behavior
               of this option will change.  Therefore, if you upgrade to a
               newer version of GCC, the code generated option will change to
               reflect the processors that were most common when that version
               of GCC was released.

               There is no -march=generic option because -march indicates the
               instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no generic
               instruction set applicable to all processors.  In contrast,
               -mtune indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of
               processors) for which the code is optimized.

           i386
               Original Intel's i386 CPU.

           i486
               Intel's i486 CPU.  (No scheduling is implemented for this
               chip.)

           i586, pentium
               Intel Pentium CPU with no MMX support.

           pentium-mmx
               Intel PentiumMMX CPU based on Pentium core with MMX instruction
               set support.

           pentiumpro
               Intel PentiumPro CPU.

           i686
               Same as "generic", but when used as "march" option, PentiumPro
               instruction set will be used, so the code will run on all i686
               familly chips.

           pentium2
               Intel Pentium2 CPU based on PentiumPro core with MMX instruc-
               tion set support.

           pentium3, pentium3m
               Intel Pentium3 CPU based on PentiumPro core with MMX and SSE
               instruction set support.

           pentium-m
               Low power version of Intel Pentium3 CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2
               instruction set support.  Used by Centrino notebooks.

           pentium4, pentium4m
               Intel Pentium4 CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2 instruction set sup-
               port.

           prescott
               Improved version of Intel Pentium4 CPU with MMX, SSE, SSE2 and
               SSE3 instruction set support.

           nocona
               Improved version of Intel Pentium4 CPU with 64-bit extensions,
               MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3 instruction set support.

           core2
               Intel Core2 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3
               and SSSE3 instruction set support.

           k6  AMD K6 CPU with MMX instruction set support.

           k6-2, k6-3
               Improved versions of AMD K6 CPU with MMX and 3dNOW! instruction
               set support.

           athlon, athlon-tbird
               AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3dNOW! and SSE
               prefetch instructions support.

           athlon-4, athlon-xp, athlon-mp
               Improved AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3dNOW! and
               full SSE instruction set support.

           k8, opteron, athlon64, athlon-fx
               AMD K8 core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support.
               (This supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3dNOW! and
               64-bit instruction set extensions.)

           amdfam10
               AMD Family 10 core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set sup-
               port.  (This supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSE5,
               3dNOW!, enhanced 3dNOW!, ABM and 64-bit instruction set exten-
               sions.)

           winchip-c6
               IDT Winchip C6 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional
               MMX instruction set support.

           winchip2
               IDT Winchip2 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional MMX
               and 3dNOW!  instruction set support.

           c3  Via C3 CPU with MMX and 3dNOW! instruction set support.  (No
               scheduling is implemented for this chip.)

           c3-2
               Via C3-2 CPU with MMX and SSE instruction set support.  (No
               scheduling is implemented for this chip.)

           While picking a specific cpu-type will schedule things appropri-
           ately for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any
           code that does not run on the i386 without the -march=cpu-type
           option being used.

       -march=cpu-type
           Generate instructions for the machine type cpu-type.  The choices
           for cpu-type are the same as for -mtune.  Moreover, specifying
           -march=cpu-type implies -mtune=cpu-type.

       -mcpu=cpu-type
           A deprecated synonym for -mtune.

       -m386
       -m486
       -mpentium
       -mpentiumpro
           These options are synonyms for -mtune=i386, -mtune=i486,
           -mtune=pentium, and -mtune=pentiumpro respectively.  These synonyms
           are deprecated.

       -mfpmath=unit
           Generate floating point arithmetics for selected unit unit.  The
           choices for unit are:

           387 Use the standard 387 floating point coprocessor present major-
               ity of chips and emulated otherwise.  Code compiled with this
               option will run almost everywhere.  The temporary results are
               computed in 80bit precision instead of precision specified by
               the type resulting in slightly different results compared to
               most of other chips.  See -ffloat-store for more detailed
               description.

               This is the default choice for i386 compiler.

           sse Use scalar floating point instructions present in the SSE
               instruction set.  This instruction set is supported by Pentium3
               and newer chips, in the AMD line by Athlon-4, Athlon-xp and
               Athlon-mp chips.  The earlier version of SSE instruction set
               supports only single precision arithmetics, thus the double and
               extended precision arithmetics is still done using 387.  Later
               version, present only in Pentium4 and the future AMD x86-64
               chips supports double precision arithmetics too.

               For the i386 compiler, you need to use -march=cpu-type, -msse
               or -msse2 switches to enable SSE extensions and make this
               option effective.  For the x86-64 compiler, these extensions
               are enabled by default.

               The resulting code should be considerably faster in the major-
               ity of cases and avoid the numerical instability problems of
               387 code, but may break some existing code that expects tempo-
               raries to be 80bit.

               This is the default choice for the x86-64 compiler.

           sse,387
               Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once.  This effec-
               tively double the amount of available registers and on chips
               with separate execution units for 387 and SSE the execution
               resources too.  Use this option with care, as it is still
               experimental, because the GCC register allocator does not model
               separate functional units well resulting in instable perfor-
               mance.

       -masm=dialect
           Output asm instructions using selected dialect.  Supported choices
           are intel or att (the default one).  Darwin does not support intel.

       -mieee-fp
       -mno-ieee-fp
           Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating point com-
           parisons.  These handle correctly the case where the result of a
           comparison is unordered.

       -msoft-float
           Generate output containing library calls for floating point.  Warn-
           ing: the requisite libraries are not part of GCC.  Normally the
           facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but this
           can't be done directly in cross-compilation.  You must make your
           own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
           cross-compilation.

           On machines where a function returns floating point results in the
           80387 register stack, some floating point opcodes may be emitted
           even if -msoft-float is used.

       -mno-fp-ret-in-387
           Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions.

           The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
           "float" and "double" in an FPU register, even if there is no FPU.
           The idea is that the operating system should emulate an FPU.

           The option -mno-fp-ret-in-387 causes such values to be returned in
           ordinary CPU registers instead.

       -mno-fancy-math-387
           Some 387 emulators do not support the "sin", "cos" and "sqrt"
           instructions for the 387.  Specify this option to avoid generating
           those instructions.  This option is the default on FreeBSD, OpenBSD
           and NetBSD.  This option is overridden when -march indicates that
           the target cpu will always have an FPU and so the instruction will
           not need emulation.  As of revision 2.6.1, these instructions are
           not generated unless you also use the -funsafe-math-optimizations
           switch.

       -malign-double
       -mno-align-double
           Control whether GCC aligns "double", "long double", and "long long"
           variables on a two word boundary or a one word boundary.  Aligning
           "double" variables on a two word boundary will produce code that
           runs somewhat faster on a Pentium at the expense of more memory.

           On x86-64, -malign-double is enabled by default.

           Warning: if you use the -malign-double switch, structures contain-
           ing the above types will be aligned differently than the published
           application binary interface specifications for the 386 and will
           not be binary compatible with structures in code compiled without
           that switch.

       -m96bit-long-double
       -m128bit-long-double
           These switches control the size of "long double" type.  The i386
           application binary interface specifies the size to be 96 bits, so
           -m96bit-long-double is the default in 32 bit mode.

           Modern architectures (Pentium and newer) would prefer "long double"
           to be aligned to an 8 or 16 byte boundary.  In arrays or structures
           conforming to the ABI, this would not be possible.  So specifying a
           -m128bit-long-double will align "long double" to a 16 byte boundary
           by padding the "long double" with an additional 32 bit zero.

           In the x86-64 compiler, -m128bit-long-double is the default choice
           as its ABI specifies that "long double" is to be aligned on 16 byte
           boundary.

           Notice that neither of these options enable any extra precision
           over the x87 standard of 80 bits for a "long double".

           Warning: if you override the default value for your target ABI, the
           structures and arrays containing "long double" variables will
           change their size as well as function calling convention for func-
           tion taking "long double" will be modified.  Hence they will not be
           binary compatible with arrays or structures in code compiled with-
           out that switch.

       -mmlarge-data-threshold=number
           When -mcmodel=medium is specified, the data greater than threshold
           are placed in large data section.  This value must be the same
           across all object linked into the binary and defaults to 65535.

       -msvr3-shlib
       -mno-svr3-shlib
           Control whether GCC places uninitialized local variables into the
           "bss" or "data" segments.  -msvr3-shlib places them into "bss".
           These options are meaningful only on System V Release 3.

       -mrtd
           Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
           that take a fixed number of arguments return with the "ret" num
           instruction, which pops their arguments while returning.  This
           saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
           the arguments there.

           You can specify that an individual function is called with this
           calling sequence with the function attribute stdcall.  You can also
           override the -mrtd option by using the function attribute cdecl.

           Warning: this calling convention is incompatible with the one nor-
           mally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
           libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.

           Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
           take variable numbers of arguments (including "printf"); otherwise
           incorrect code will be generated for calls to those functions.

           In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
           function with too many arguments.  (Normally, extra arguments are
           harmlessly ignored.)

       -mregparm=num
           Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments.  By
           default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
           registers can be used.  You can control this behavior for a spe-
           cific function by using the function attribute regparm.

           Warning: if you use this switch, and num is nonzero, then you must
           build all modules with the same value, including any libraries.
           This includes the system libraries and startup modules.

       -msseregparm
           Use SSE register passing conventions for float and double arguments
           and return values.  You can control this behavior for a specific
           function by using the function attribute sseregparm.

           Warning: if you use this switch then you must build all modules
           with the same value, including any libraries.  This includes the
           system libraries and startup modules.

       -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
           Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to num
           byte boundary.  If -mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the
           default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).

           On Pentium and PentiumPro, "double" and "long double" values should
           be aligned to an 8 byte boundary (see -malign-double) or suffer
           significant run time performance penalties.  On Pentium III, the
           Streaming SIMD Extension (SSE) data type "__m128" may not work
           properly if it is not 16 byte aligned.

           To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack
           boundary must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on
           the stack.  Further, every function must be generated such that it
           keeps the stack aligned.  Thus calling a function compiled with a
           higher preferred stack boundary from a function compiled with a
           lower preferred stack boundary will most likely misalign the stack.
           It is recommended that libraries that use callbacks always use the
           default setting.

           This extra alignment does consume extra stack space, and generally
           increases code size.  Code that is sensitive to stack space usage,
           such as embedded systems and operating system kernels, may want to
           reduce the preferred alignment to -mpreferred-stack-boundary=2.

       -mmmx
       -mno-mmx
       -msse
       -mno-sse
       -msse2
       -mno-sse2
       -msse3
       -mno-sse3
       -mssse3
       -mno-ssse3
       -msse4a
       -mno-sse4a
       -msse5
       -mno-sse5
       -m3dnow
       -mno-3dnow
       -mpopcnt
       -mno-popcnt
       -mabm
       -mno-abm
           These switches enable or disable the use of instructions in the
           MMX, SSE, SSE2 or 3DNow! extended instruction sets.  These exten-
           sions are also available as built-in functions: see X86 Built-in
           Functions, for details of the functions enabled and disabled by
           these switches.

           To have SSE/SSE2 instructions generated automatically from float-
           ing-point code (as opposed to 387 instructions), see -mfpmath=sse.

           These options will enable GCC to use these extended instructions in
           generated code, even without -mfpmath=sse.  Applications which per-
           form runtime CPU detection must compile separate files for each
           supported architecture, using the appropriate flags.  In particu-
           lar, the file containing the CPU detection code should be compiled
           without these options.

       -mpush-args
       -mno-push-args
           Use PUSH operations to store outgoing parameters.  This method is
           shorter and usually equally fast as method using SUB/MOV operations
           and is enabled by default.  In some cases disabling it may improve
           performance because of improved scheduling and reduced dependen-
           cies.

       -maccumulate-outgoing-args
           If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing argu-
           ments will be computed in the function prologue.  This is faster on
           most modern CPUs because of reduced dependencies, improved schedul-
           ing and reduced stack usage when preferred stack boundary is not
           equal to 2.  The drawback is a notable increase in code size.  This
           switch implies -mno-push-args.

       -mthreads
           Support thread-safe exception handling on Mingw32.  Code that
           relies on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all
           code with the -mthreads option.  When compiling, -mthreads defines
           -D_MT; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
           -lmingwthrd which cleans up per thread exception handling data.

       -mno-align-stringops
           Do not align destination of inlined string operations.  This switch
           reduces code size and improves performance in case the destination
           is already aligned, but GCC doesn't know about it.

       -minline-all-stringops
           By default GCC inlines string operations only when destination is
           known to be aligned at least to 4 byte boundary.  This enables more
           inlining, increase code size, but may improve performance of code
           that depends on fast memcpy, strlen and memset for short lengths.

       -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
           Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions.
           This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame
           pointers and makes an extra register available in leaf functions.
           The option -fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for all
           functions which might make debugging harder.

       -mtls-direct-seg-refs
       -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs
           Controls whether TLS variables may be accessed with offsets from
           the TLS segment register (%gs for 32-bit, %fs for 64-bit), or
           whether the thread base pointer must be added.  Whether or not this
           is legal depends on the operating system, and whether it maps the
           segment to cover the entire TLS area.

           For systems that use GNU libc, the default is on.

       These -m switches are supported in addition to the above on AMD x86-64
       processors in 64-bit environments.

       -m32
       -m64
           Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The 32-bit envi-
           ronment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and generates code
           that runs on any i386 system.  The 64-bit environment sets int to
           32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits and generates code for
           AMD's x86-64 architecture.

       -mno-red-zone
           Do not use a so called red zone for x86-64 code.  The red zone is
           mandated by the x86-64 ABI, it is a 128-byte area beyond the loca-
           tion of the stack pointer that will not be modified by signal or
           interrupt handlers and therefore can be used for temporary data
           without adjusting the stack pointer.  The flag -mno-red-zone dis-
           ables this red zone.

       -mcmodel=small
           Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols
           must be linked in the lower 2 GB of the address space.  Pointers
           are 64 bits.  Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
           This is the default code model.

       -mcmodel=kernel
           Generate code for the kernel code model.  The kernel runs in the
           negative 2 GB of the address space.  This model has to be used for
           Linux kernel code.

       -mcmodel=medium
           Generate code for the medium model: The program is linked in the
           lower 2 GB of the address space but symbols can be located anywhere
           in the address space.  Programs can be statically or dynamically
           linked, but building of shared libraries are not supported with the
           medium model.

       -mcmodel=large
           Generate code for the large model: This model makes no assumptions
           about addresses and sizes of sections.  Currently GCC does not
           implement this model.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
           Enable automatic generation of fused floating point multiply-add
           instructions if the ISA supports such instructions.  The
           -mfused-madd option is on by default.

       IA-64 Options

       These are the -m options defined for the Intel IA-64 architecture.

       -mbig-endian
           Generate code for a big endian target.  This is the default for
           HP-UX.

       -mlittle-endian
           Generate code for a little endian target.  This is the default for
           AIX5 and GNU/Linux.

       -mgnu-as
       -mno-gnu-as
           Generate (or don't) code for the GNU assembler.  This is the
           default.

       -mgnu-ld
       -mno-gnu-ld
           Generate (or don't) code for the GNU linker.  This is the default.

       -mno-pic
           Generate code that does not use a global pointer register.  The
           result is not position independent code, and violates the IA-64
           ABI.

       -mvolatile-asm-stop
       -mno-volatile-asm-stop
           Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after
           volatile asm statements.

       -mregister-names
       -mno-register-names
           Generate (or don't) in, loc, and out register names for the stacked
           registers.  This may make assembler output more readable.

       -mno-sdata
       -msdata
           Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section.
           This may be useful for working around optimizer bugs.

       -mconstant-gp
           Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value.
           This is useful when compiling kernel code.

       -mauto-pic
           Generate code that is self-relocatable.  This implies -mcon-
           stant-gp.  This is useful when compiling firmware code.

       -minline-float-divide-min-latency
           Generate code for inline divides of floating point values using the
           minimum latency algorithm.

       -minline-float-divide-max-throughput
           Generate code for inline divides of floating point values using the
           maximum throughput algorithm.

       -minline-int-divide-min-latency
           Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the mini-
           mum latency algorithm.

       -minline-int-divide-max-throughput
           Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the maxi-
           mum throughput algorithm.

       -minline-sqrt-min-latency
           Generate code for inline square roots using the minimum latency
           algorithm.

       -minline-sqrt-max-throughput
           Generate code for inline square roots using the maximum throughput
           algorithm.

       -mno-dwarf2-asm
       -mdwarf2-asm
           Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the DWARF2 line number
           debugging info.  This may be useful when not using the GNU assem-
           bler.

       -mearly-stop-bits
       -mno-early-stop-bits
           Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the
           instruction that triggered the stop bit.  This can improve instruc-
           tion scheduling, but does not always do so.

       -mfixed-range=register-range
           Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
           A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use.
           This is useful when compiling kernel code.  A register range is
           specified as two registers separated by a dash.  Multiple register
           ranges can be specified separated by a comma.

       -mtls-size=tls-size
           Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets.  Valid values are 14,
           22, and 64.

       -mtune=cpu-type
           Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular CPU, Valid values
           are itanium, itanium1, merced, itanium2, and mckinley.

       -mt
       -pthread
           Add support for multithreading using the POSIX threads library.
           This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.  It
           does not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the
           compiler or that of libraries supplied with it.  These are HP-UX
           specific flags.

       -milp32
       -mlp64
           Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The 32-bit envi-
           ronment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.  The 64-bit environ-
           ment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.  These
           are HP-UX specific flags.

       M32C Options

       -mcpu=name
           Select the CPU for which code is generated.  name may be one of r8c
           for the R8C/Tiny series, m16c for the M16C (up to /60) series,
           m32cm for the M16C/80 series, or m32c for the M32C/80 series.

       -msim
           Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator.  This
           causes an alternate runtime library to be linked in which supports,
           for example, file I/O.  You must not use this option when generat-
           ing programs that will run on real hardware; you must provide your
           own runtime library for whatever I/O functions are needed.

       -memregs=number
           Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers GCC will use
           during code generation.  These pseudo-registers will be used like
           real registers, so there is a tradeoff between GCC's ability to fit
           the code into available registers, and the performance penalty of
           using memory instead of registers.  Note that all modules in a pro-
           gram must be compiled with the same value for this option.  Because
           of that, you must not use this option with the default runtime
           libraries gcc builds.

       M32R/D Options

       These -m options are defined for Renesas M32R/D architectures:

       -m32r2
           Generate code for the M32R/2.

       -m32rx
           Generate code for the M32R/X.

       -m32r
           Generate code for the M32R.  This is the default.

       -mmodel=small
           Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their
           addresses can be loaded with the "ld24" instruction), and assume
           all subroutines are reachable with the "bl" instruction.  This is
           the default.

           The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
           "model" attribute.

       -mmodel=medium
           Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the
           compiler will generate "seth/add3" instructions to load their
           addresses), and assume all subroutines are reachable with the "bl"
           instruction.

       -mmodel=large
           Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the
           compiler will generate "seth/add3" instructions to load their
           addresses), and assume subroutines may not be reachable with the
           "bl" instruction (the compiler will generate the much slower
           "seth/add3/jl" instruction sequence).

       -msdata=none
           Disable use of the small data area.  Variables will be put into one
           of .data, bss, or .rodata (unless the "section" attribute has been
           specified).  This is the default.

           The small data area consists of sections .sdata and .sbss.  Objects
           may be explicitly put in the small data area with the "section"
           attribute using one of these sections.

       -msdata=sdata
           Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
           generate special code to reference them.

       -msdata=use
           Put small global and static data in the small data area, and gener-
           ate special instructions to reference them.

       -G num
           Put global and static objects less than or equal to num bytes into
           the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
           sections.  The default value of num is 8.  The -msdata option must
           be set to one of sdata or use for this option to have any effect.

           All modules should be compiled with the same -G num value.  Compil-
           ing with different values of num may or may not work; if it doesn't
           the linker will give an error message---incorrect code will not be
           generated.

       -mdebug
           Makes the M32R specific code in the compiler display some statis-
           tics that might help in debugging programs.

       -malign-loops
           Align all loops to a 32-byte boundary.

       -mno-align-loops
           Do not enforce a 32-byte alignment for loops.  This is the default.

       -missue-rate=number
           Issue number instructions per cycle.  number can only be 1 or 2.

       -mbranch-cost=number
           number can only be 1 or 2.  If it is 1 then branches will be pre-
           ferred over conditional code, if it is 2, then the opposite will
           apply.

       -mflush-trap=number
           Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache.  The default
           is 12.  Valid numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive.

       -mno-flush-trap
           Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap.

       -mflush-func=name
           Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to
           flush the cache.  The default is _flush_cache, but a function call
           will only be used if a trap is not available.

       -mno-flush-func
           Indicates that there is no OS function for flushing the cache.

       M680x0 Options

       These are the -m options defined for the 68000 series.  The default
       values for these options depends on which style of 68000 was selected
       when the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common
       choices are given below.

       -m68000
       -mc68000
           Generate output for a 68000.  This is the default when the compiler
           is configured for 68000-based systems.

           Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000 core,
           including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.

       -m68020
       -mc68020
           Generate output for a 68020.  This is the default when the compiler
           is configured for 68020-based systems.

       -m68881
           Generate output containing 68881 instructions for floating point.
           This is the default for most 68020 systems unless --nfp was speci-
           fied when the compiler was configured.

       -m68030
           Generate output for a 68030.  This is the default when the compiler
           is configured for 68030-based systems.

       -m68040
           Generate output for a 68040.  This is the default when the compiler
           is configured for 68040-based systems.

           This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have
           to be emulated by software on the 68040.  Use this option if your
           68040 does not have code to emulate those instructions.

       -m68060
           Generate output for a 68060.  This is the default when the compiler
           is configured for 68060-based systems.

           This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions
           that have to be emulated by software on the 68060.  Use this option
           if your 68060 does not have code to emulate those instructions.

       -mcpu32
           Generate output for a CPU32.  This is the default when the compiler
           is configured for CPU32-based systems.

           Use this option for microcontrollers with a CPU32 or CPU32+ core,
           including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334, 68336, 68340,
           68341, 68349 and 68360.

       -m5200
           Generate output for a 520X "coldfire" family cpu.  This is the
           default when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems.

           Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including the
           MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5202.

       -m68020-40
           Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instruc-
           tions.  This results in code which can run relatively efficiently
           on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040.  The generated code
           does use the 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.

       -m68020-60
           Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instruc-
           tions.  This results in code which can run relatively efficiently
           on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040.  The generated code
           does use the 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.

       -msoft-float
           Generate output containing library calls for floating point.  Warn-
           ing: the requisite libraries are not available for all m68k tar-
           gets.  Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler
           are used, but this can't be done directly in cross-compilation.
           You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library
           functions for cross-compilation.  The embedded targets m68k-*-aout
           and m68k-*-coff do provide software floating point support.

       -mshort
           Consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide, like "short int".  Addi-
           tionally, parameters passed on the stack are also aligned to a
           16-bit boundary even on targets whose API mandates promotion to
           32-bit.

       -mnobitfield
           Do not use the bit-field instructions.  The -m68000, -mcpu32 and
           -m5200 options imply -mnobitfield.

       -mbitfield
           Do use the bit-field instructions.  The -m68020 option implies
           -mbitfield.  This is the default if you use a configuration
           designed for a 68020.

       -mrtd
           Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
           that take a fixed number of arguments return with the "rtd"
           instruction, which pops their arguments while returning.  This
           saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
           the arguments there.

           This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally used
           on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries com-
           piled with the Unix compiler.

           Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
           take variable numbers of arguments (including "printf"); otherwise
           incorrect code will be generated for calls to those functions.

           In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
           function with too many arguments.  (Normally, extra arguments are
           harmlessly ignored.)

           The "rtd" instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
           68040, 68060 and CPU32 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.

       -malign-int
       -mno-align-int
           Control whether GCC aligns "int", "long", "long long", "float",
           "double", and "long double" variables on a 32-bit boundary
           (-malign-int) or a 16-bit boundary (-mno-align-int).  Aligning
           variables on 32-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
           faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more mem-
           ory.

           Warning: if you use the -malign-int switch, GCC will align struc-
           tures containing the above types  differently than most published
           application binary interface specifications for the m68k.

       -mpcrel
           Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead
           of using a global offset table.  At present, this option implies
           -fpic, allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing.
           -fPIC is not presently supported with -mpcrel, though this could be
           supported for 68020 and higher processors.

       -mno-strict-align
       -mstrict-align
           Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references will be handled
           by the system.

       -msep-data
           Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a dif-
           ferent area of memory from the text segment.  This allows for exe-
           cute in place in an environment without virtual memory management.
           This option implies -fPIC.

       -mno-sep-data
           Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text
           segment.  This is the default.

       -mid-shared-library
           Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID
           method.  This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in
           an environment without virtual memory management.  This option
           implies -fPIC.

       -mno-id-shared-library
           Generate code that doesn't assume ID based shared libraries are
           being used.  This is the default.

       -mshared-library-id=n
           Specified the identification number of the ID based shared library
           being compiled.  Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact
           code, specifying other values will force the allocation of that
           number to the current library but is no more space or time effi-
           cient than omitting this option.

       M68hc1x Options

       These are the -m options defined for the 68hc11 and 68hc12 microcon-
       trollers.  The default values for these options depends on which style
       of microcontroller was selected when the compiler was configured; the
       defaults for the most common choices are given below.

       -m6811
       -m68hc11
           Generate output for a 68HC11.  This is the default when the com-
           piler is configured for 68HC11-based systems.

       -m6812
       -m68hc12
           Generate output for a 68HC12.  This is the default when the com-
           piler is configured for 68HC12-based systems.

       -m68S12
       -m68hcs12
           Generate output for a 68HCS12.

       -mauto-incdec
           Enable the use of 68HC12 pre and post auto-increment and auto-
           decrement addressing modes.

       -minmax
       -nominmax
           Enable the use of 68HC12 min and max instructions.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
           Treat all calls as being far away (near).  If calls are assumed to
           be far away, the compiler will use the "call" instruction to call a
           function and the "rtc" instruction for returning.

       -mshort
           Consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide, like "short int".

       -msoft-reg-count=count
           Specify the number of pseudo-soft registers which are used for the
           code generation.  The maximum number is 32.  Using more pseudo-soft
           register may or may not result in better code depending on the pro-
           gram.  The default is 4 for 68HC11 and 2 for 68HC12.

       MCore Options

       These are the -m options defined for the Motorola M*Core processors.

       -mhardlit
       -mno-hardlit
           Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two
           instructions or less.

       -mdiv
       -mno-div
           Use the divide instruction.  (Enabled by default).

       -mrelax-immediate
       -mno-relax-immediate
           Allow arbitrary sized immediates in bit operations.

       -mwide-bitfields
       -mno-wide-bitfields
           Always treat bit-fields as int-sized.

       -m4byte-functions
       -mno-4byte-functions
           Force all functions to be aligned to a four byte boundary.

       -mcallgraph-data
       -mno-callgraph-data
           Emit callgraph information.

       -mslow-bytes
       -mno-slow-bytes
           Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.

       -mlittle-endian
       -mbig-endian
           Generate code for a little endian target.

       -m210
       -m340
           Generate code for the 210 processor.

       MIPS Options

       -EB Generate big-endian code.

       -EL Generate little-endian code.  This is the default for mips*el-*-*
           configurations.

       -march=arch
           Generate code that will run on arch, which can be the name of a
           generic MIPS ISA, or the name of a particular processor.  The ISA
           names are: mips1, mips2, mips3, mips4, mips32, mips32r2, and
           mips64.  The processor names are: 4kc, 4km, 4kp, 5kc, 5kf, 20kc,
           24k, 24kc, 24kf, 24kx, m4k, orion, r2000, r3000, r3900, r4000,
           r4400, r4600, r4650, r6000, r8000, rm7000, rm9000, sb1, sr71000,
           vr4100, vr4111, vr4120, vr4130, vr4300, vr5000, vr5400 and vr5500.
           The special value from-abi selects the most compatible architecture
           for the selected ABI (that is, mips1 for 32-bit ABIs and mips3 for
           64-bit ABIs).

           In processor names, a final 000 can be abbreviated as k (for exam-
           ple, -march=r2k).  Prefixes are optional, and vr may be written r.

           GCC defines two macros based on the value of this option.  The
           first is _MIPS_ARCH, which gives the name of target architecture,
           as a string.  The second has the form _MIPS_ARCH_foo, where foo is
           the capitalized value of _MIPS_ARCH.  For example, -march=r2000
           will set _MIPS_ARCH to "r2000" and define the macro
           _MIPS_ARCH_R2000.

           Note that the _MIPS_ARCH macro uses the processor names given
           above.  In other words, it will have the full prefix and will not
           abbreviate 000 as k.  In the case of from-abi, the macro names the
           resolved architecture (either "mips1" or "mips3").  It names the
           default architecture when no -march option is given.

       -mtune=arch
           Optimize for arch.  Among other things, this option controls the
           way instructions are scheduled, and the perceived cost of arith-
           metic operations.  The list of arch values is the same as for
           -march.

           When this option is not used, GCC will optimize for the processor
           specified by -march.  By using -march and -mtune together, it is
           possible to generate code that will run on a family of processors,
           but optimize the code for one particular member of that family.

           -mtune defines the macros _MIPS_TUNE and _MIPS_TUNE_foo, which work
           in the same way as the -march ones described above.

       -mips1
           Equivalent to -march=mips1.

       -mips2
           Equivalent to -march=mips2.

       -mips3
           Equivalent to -march=mips3.

       -mips4
           Equivalent to -march=mips4.

       -mips32
           Equivalent to -march=mips32.

       -mips32r2
           Equivalent to -march=mips32r2.

       -mips64
           Equivalent to -march=mips64.

       -mips16
       -mno-mips16
           Generate (do not generate) MIPS16 code.  If GCC is targetting a
           MIPS32 or MIPS64 architecture, it will make use of the MIPS16e ASE.

       -mabi=32
       -mabi=o64
       -mabi=n32
       -mabi=64
       -mabi=eabi
           Generate code for the given ABI.

           Note that the EABI has a 32-bit and a 64-bit variant.  GCC normally
           generates 64-bit code when you select a 64-bit architecture, but
           you can use -mgp32 to get 32-bit code instead.

           For information about the O64 ABI, see
           <http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/mipso64-abi.html>.

       -mabicalls
       -mno-abicalls
           Generate (do not generate) SVR4-style position-independent code.
           -mabicalls is the default for SVR4-based systems.

       -mxgot
       -mno-xgot
           Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global
           offset table.

           GCC normally uses a single instruction to load values from the GOT.
           While this is relatively efficient, it will only work if the GOT is
           smaller than about 64k.  Anything larger will cause the linker to
           report an error such as:

                   relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 foobar

           If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot.  It
           should then work with very large GOTs, although it will also be
           less efficient, since it will take three instructions to fetch the
           value of a global symbol.

           Note that some linkers can create multiple GOTs.  If you have such
           a linker, you should only need to use -mxgot when a single object
           file accesses more than 64k's worth of GOT entries.  Very few do.

           These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position
           independent code.

       -mgp32
           Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide.

       -mgp64
           Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide.

       -mfp32
           Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide.

       -mfp64
           Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide.

       -mhard-float
           Use floating-point coprocessor instructions.

       -msoft-float
           Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions.  Implement
           floating-point calculations using library calls instead.

       -msingle-float
           Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-
           precision operations.

       -mdouble-float
           Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-preci-
           sion operations.  This is the default.

       -mdsp
       -mno-dsp
           Use (do not use) the MIPS DSP ASE.

       -mpaired-single
       -mno-paired-single
           Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions.
             This option can only be used when generating 64-bit code and
           requires hardware floating-point support to be enabled.

       -mips3d
       -mno-mips3d
           Use (do not use) the MIPS-3D ASE.  The option -mips3d implies
           -mpaired-single.

       -mlong64
           Force "long" types to be 64 bits wide.  See -mlong32 for an expla-
           nation of the default and the way that the pointer size is deter-
           mined.

       -mlong32
           Force "long", "int", and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.

           The default size of "int"s, "long"s and pointers depends on the
           ABI.  All the supported ABIs use 32-bit "int"s.  The n64 ABI uses
           64-bit "long"s, as does the 64-bit EABI; the others use 32-bit
           "long"s.  Pointers are the same size as "long"s, or the same size
           as integer registers, whichever is smaller.

       -msym32
       -mno-sym32
           Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32-bit values, regard-
           less of the selected ABI.  This option is useful in combination
           with -mabi=64 and -mno-abicalls because it allows GCC to generate
           shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses.

       -G num
           Put global and static items less than or equal to num bytes into
           the small data or bss section instead of the normal data or bss
           section.  This allows the data to be accessed using a single
           instruction.

           All modules should be compiled with the same -G num value.

       -membedded-data
       -mno-embedded-data
           Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible,
           then next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data.
           This gives slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the
           amount of RAM required when executing, and thus may be preferred
           for some embedded systems.

       -muninit-const-in-rodata
       -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
           Put uninitialized "const" variables in the read-only data section.
           This option is only meaningful in conjunction with -membedded-data.

       -msplit-addresses
       -mno-split-addresses
           Enable (disable) use of the "%hi()" and "%lo()" assembler reloca-
           tion operators.  This option has been superseded by -mex-
           plicit-relocs but is retained for backwards compatibility.

       -mexplicit-relocs
       -mno-explicit-relocs
           Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with
           symbolic addresses.  The alternative, selected by
           -mno-explicit-relocs, is to use assembler macros instead.

           -mexplicit-relocs is the default if GCC was configured to use an
           assembler that supports relocation operators.

       -mcheck-zero-division
       -mno-check-zero-division
           Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero.  The default is
           -mcheck-zero-division.

       -mdivide-traps
       -mdivide-breaks
           MIPS systems check for division by zero by generating either a con-
           ditional trap or a break instruction.  Using traps results in
           smaller code, but is only supported on MIPS II and later.  Also,
           some versions of the Linux kernel have a bug that prevents trap
           from generating the proper signal ("SIGFPE").  Use -mdivide-traps
           to allow conditional traps on architectures that support them and
           -mdivide-breaks to force the use of breaks.

           The default is usually -mdivide-traps, but this can be overridden
           at configure time using --with-divide=breaks.  Divide-by-zero
           checks can be completely disabled using -mno-check-zero-division.

       -mmemcpy
       -mno-memcpy
           Force (do not force) the use of "memcpy()" for non-trivial block
           moves.  The default is -mno-memcpy, which allows GCC to inline most
           constant-sized copies.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
           Disable (do not disable) use of the "jal" instruction.  Calling
           functions using "jal" is more efficient but requires the caller and
           callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment.

           This option has no effect on abicalls code.  The default is
           -mno-long-calls.

       -mmad
       -mno-mad
           Enable (disable) use of the "mad", "madu" and "mul" instructions,
           as provided by the R4650 ISA.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
           Enable (disable) use of the floating point multiply-accumulate
           instructions, when they are available.  The default is
           -mfused-madd.

           When multiply-accumulate instructions are used, the intermediate
           product is calculated to infinite precision and is not subject to
           the FCSR Flush to Zero bit.  This may be undesirable in some cir-
           cumstances.

       -nocpp
           Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
           assembler files (with a .s suffix) when assembling them.

       -mfix-r4000
       -mno-fix-r4000
           Work around certain R4000 CPU errata:

           -   A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result
               if executed immediately after starting an integer division.

           -   A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result
               if executed while an integer multiplication is in progress.

           -   An integer division may give an incorrect result if started in
               a delay slot of a taken branch or a jump.

       -mfix-r4400
       -mno-fix-r4400
           Work around certain R4400 CPU errata:

           -   A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result
               if executed immediately after starting an integer division.

       -mfix-vr4120
       -mno-fix-vr4120
           Work around certain VR4120 errata:

           -   "dmultu" does not always produce the correct result.

           -   "div" and "ddiv" do not always produce the correct result if
               one of the operands is negative.

           The workarounds for the division errata rely on special functions
           in libgcc.a.  At present, these functions are only provided by the
           "mips64vr*-elf" configurations.

           Other VR4120 errata require a nop to be inserted between certain
           pairs of instructions.  These errata are handled by the assembler,
           not by GCC itself.

       -mfix-vr4130
           Work around the VR4130 "mflo"/"mfhi" errata.  The workarounds are
           implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC, although GCC will
           avoid using "mflo" and "mfhi" if the VR4130 "macc", "macchi",
           "dmacc" and "dmacchi" instructions are available instead.

       -mfix-sb1
       -mno-fix-sb1
           Work around certain SB-1 CPU core errata.  (This flag currently
           works around the SB-1 revision 2 "F1" and "F2" floating point
           errata.)

       -mflush-func=func
       -mno-flush-func
           Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to
           not call any such function.  If called, the function must take the
           same arguments as the common "_flush_func()", that is, the address
           of the memory range for which the cache is being flushed, the size
           of the memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches).  The
           default depends on the target GCC was configured for, but commonly
           is either _flush_func or __cpu_flush.

       -mbranch-likely
       -mno-branch-likely
           Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of
           the default for the selected architecture.  By default, Branch
           Likely instructions may be generated if they are supported by the
           selected architecture.  An exception is for the MIPS32 and MIPS64
           architectures and processors which implement those architectures;
           for those, Branch Likely instructions will not be generated by
           default because the MIPS32 and MIPS64 architectures specifically
           deprecate their use.

       -mfp-exceptions
       -mno-fp-exceptions
           Specifies whether FP exceptions are enabled.  This affects how we
           schedule FP instructions for some processors.  The default is that
           FP exceptions are enabled.

           For instance, on the SB-1, if FP exceptions are disabled, and we
           are emitting 64-bit code, then we can use both FP pipes.  Other-
           wise, we can only use one FP pipe.

       -mvr4130-align
       -mno-vr4130-align
           The VR4130 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two
           instructions together if the first one is 8-byte aligned.  When
           this option is enabled, GCC will align pairs of instructions that
           it thinks should execute in parallel.

           This option only has an effect when optimizing for the VR4130.  It
           normally makes code faster, but at the expense of making it bigger.
           It is enabled by default at optimization level -O3.

       MMIX Options

       These options are defined for the MMIX:

       -mlibfuncs
       -mno-libfuncs
           Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled, pass-
           ing all values in registers, no matter the size.

       -mepsilon
       -mno-epsilon
           Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with
           respect to the "rE" epsilon register.

       -mabi=mmixware
       -mabi=gnu
           Generate code that passes function parameters and return values
           that (in the called function) are seen as registers $0 and up, as
           opposed to the GNU ABI which uses global registers $231 and up.

       -mzero-extend
       -mno-zero-extend
           When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use
           (do not use) zero-extending load instructions by default, rather
           than sign-extending ones.

       -mknuthdiv
       -mno-knuthdiv
           Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same
           sign as the divisor.  With the default, -mno-knuthdiv, the sign of
           the remainder follows the sign of the dividend.  Both methods are
           arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively used.

       -mtoplevel-symbols
       -mno-toplevel-symbols
           Prepend (do not prepend) a : to all global symbols, so the assembly
           code can be used with the "PREFIX" assembly directive.

       -melf
           Generate an executable in the ELF format, rather than the default
           mmo format used by the mmix simulator.

       -mbranch-predict
       -mno-branch-predict
           Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static
           branch prediction indicates a probable branch.

       -mbase-addresses
       -mno-base-addresses
           Generate (do not generate) code that uses base addresses.  Using a
           base address automatically generates a request (handled by the
           assembler and the linker) for a constant to be set up in a global
           register.  The register is used for one or more base address
           requests within the range 0 to 255 from the value held in the reg-
           ister.  The generally leads to short and fast code, but the number
           of different data items that can be addressed is limited.  This
           means that a program that uses lots of static data may require
           -mno-base-addresses.

       -msingle-exit
       -mno-single-exit
           Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in
           each function.

       MN10300 Options

       These -m options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 architectures:

       -mmult-bug
           Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
           MN10300 processors.  This is the default.

       -mno-mult-bug
           Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for
           the MN10300 processors.

       -mam33
           Generate code which uses features specific to the AM33 processor.

       -mno-am33
           Do not generate code which uses features specific to the AM33 pro-
           cessor.  This is the default.

       -mreturn-pointer-on-d0
           When generating a function which returns a pointer, return the
           pointer in both "a0" and "d0".  Otherwise, the pointer is returned
           only in a0, and attempts to call such functions without a prototype
           would result in errors.  Note that this option is on by default;
           use -mno-return-pointer-on-d0 to disable it.

       -mno-crt0
           Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.

       -mrelax
           Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation opti-
           mization pass to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory
           addresses.  This option only has an effect when used on the command
           line for the final link step.

           This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.

       MT Options

       These -m options are defined for Morpho MT architectures:

       -march=cpu-type
           Generate code that will run on cpu-type, which is the name of a
           system representing a certain processor type.  Possible values for
           cpu-type are ms1-64-001, ms1-16-002, ms1-16-003 and ms2.

           When this option is not used, the default is -march=ms1-16-002.

       -mbacc
           Use byte loads and stores when generating code.

       -mno-bacc
           Do not use byte loads and stores when generating code.

       -msim
           Use simulator runtime

       -mno-crt0
           Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file crti.o.
           Other run-time initialization and termination files such as
           startup.o and exit.o are still included on the linker command line.

       PDP-11 Options

       These options are defined for the PDP-11:

       -mfpu
           Use hardware FPP floating point.  This is the default.  (FIS float-
           ing point on the PDP-11/40 is not supported.)

       -msoft-float
           Do not use hardware floating point.

       -mac0
           Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler syn-
           tax).

       -mno-ac0
           Return floating-point results in memory.  This is the default.

       -m40
           Generate code for a PDP-11/40.

       -m45
           Generate code for a PDP-11/45.  This is the default.

       -m10
           Generate code for a PDP-11/10.

       -mbcopy-builtin
           Use inline "movmemhi" patterns for copying memory.  This is the
           default.

       -mbcopy
           Do not use inline "movmemhi" patterns for copying memory.

       -mint16
       -mno-int32
           Use 16-bit "int".  This is the default.

       -mint32
       -mno-int16
           Use 32-bit "int".

       -mfloat64
       -mno-float32
           Use 64-bit "float".  This is the default.

       -mfloat32
       -mno-float64
           Use 32-bit "float".

       -mabshi
           Use "abshi2" pattern.  This is the default.

       -mno-abshi
           Do not use "abshi2" pattern.

       -mbranch-expensive
           Pretend that branches are expensive.  This is for experimenting
           with code generation only.

       -mbranch-cheap
           Do not pretend that branches are expensive.  This is the default.

       -msplit
           Generate code for a system with split I&D.

       -mno-split
           Generate code for a system without split I&D.  This is the default.

       -munix-asm
           Use Unix assembler syntax.  This is the default when configured for
           pdp11-*-bsd.

       -mdec-asm
           Use DEC assembler syntax.  This is the default when configured for
           any PDP-11 target other than pdp11-*-bsd.

       PowerPC Options

       These are listed under

       IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options

       These -m options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC:

       -mpower
       -mno-power
       -mpower2
       -mno-power2
       -mpowerpc
       -mno-powerpc
       -mpowerpc-gpopt
       -mno-powerpc-gpopt
       -mpowerpc-gfxopt
       -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
       -mpowerpc64
       -mno-powerpc64
       -mmfcrf
       -mno-mfcrf
       -mpopcntb
       -mno-popcntb
       -mfprnd
       -mno-fprnd
       -mmfpgpr
       -mno-mfpgpr
           GCC supports two related instruction set architectures for the
           RS/6000 and PowerPC.  The POWER instruction set are those instruc-
           tions supported by the rios chip set used in the original RS/6000
           systems and the PowerPC instruction set is the architecture of the
           Freescale MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and the IBM 4xx,
           6xx, and follow-on microprocessors.

           Neither architecture is a subset of the other.  However there is a
           large common subset of instructions supported by both.  An MQ reg-
           ister is included in processors supporting the POWER architecture.

           You use these options to specify which instructions are available
           on the processor you are using.  The default value of these options
           is determined when configuring GCC.  Specifying the -mcpu=cpu_type
           overrides the specification of these options.  We recommend you use
           the -mcpu=cpu_type option rather than the options listed above.

           The -mpower option allows GCC to generate instructions that are
           found only in the POWER architecture and to use the MQ register.
           Specifying -mpower2 implies -power and also allows GCC to generate
           instructions that are present in the POWER2 architecture but not
           the original POWER architecture.

           The -mpowerpc option allows GCC to generate instructions that are
           found only in the 32-bit subset of the PowerPC architecture.  Spec-
           ifying -mpowerpc-gpopt implies -mpowerpc and also allows GCC to use
           the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the General Pur-
           pose group, including floating-point square root.  Specifying
           -mpowerpc-gfxopt implies -mpowerpc and also allows GCC to use the
           optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics group,
           including floating-point select.

           The -mmfcrf option allows GCC to generate the move from condition
           register field instruction implemented on the POWER4 processor and
           other processors that support the PowerPC V2.01 architecture.  The
           -mpopcntb option allows GCC to generate the popcount and double
           precision FP reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the
           POWER5 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC
           V2.02 architecture.  The -mfprnd option allows GCC to generate the
           FP round to integer instructions implemented on the POWER5+ proces-
           sor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.03 architec-
           ture.  The -mmfpgpr option allows GCC to generate the FP move
           to/from general purpose register instructions implemented on the
           POWER6X processor and other processors that support the extended
           PowerPC V2.05 architecture.

           The -mpowerpc64 option allows GCC to generate the additional 64-bit
           instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture and
           to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities.  GCC defaults to
           -mno-powerpc64.

           If you specify both -mno-power and -mno-powerpc, GCC will use only
           the instructions in the common subset of both architectures plus
           some special AIX common-mode calls, and will not use the MQ regis-
           ter.  Specifying both -mpower and -mpowerpc permits GCC to use any
           instruction from either architecture and to allow use of the MQ
           register; specify this for the Motorola MPC601.

       -mnew-mnemonics
       -mold-mnemonics
           Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code.
           With -mnew-mnemonics, GCC uses the assembler mnemonics defined for
           the PowerPC architecture.  With -mold-mnemonics it uses the assem-
           bler mnemonics defined for the POWER architecture.  Instructions
           defined in only one architecture have only one mnemonic; GCC uses
           that mnemonic irrespective of which of these options is specified.

           GCC defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture in
           use.  Specifying -mcpu=cpu_type sometimes overrides the value of
           these option.  Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you should
           normally not specify either -mnew-mnemonics or -mold-mnemonics, but
           should instead accept the default.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
           Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
           instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type.  Sup-
           ported values for cpu_type are 401, 403, 405, 405fp, 440, 440fp,
           505, 601, 602, 603, 603e, 604, 604e, 620, 630, 740, 7400, 7450,
           750, 801, 821, 823, 860, 970, 8540, ec603e, G3, G4, G5, power,
           power2, power3, power4, power5, power5+, power6, power6x, common,
           powerpc, powerpc64, rios, rios1, rios2, rsc, and rs64.

           -mcpu=common selects a completely generic processor.  Code
           generated under this option will run on any POWER or PowerPC pro-
           cessor.  GCC will use only the instructions in the common subset of
           both architectures, and will not use the MQ register.  GCC assumes
           a generic processor model for scheduling purposes.

           -mcpu=power, -mcpu=power2, -mcpu=powerpc, and -mcpu=powerpc64 spec-
           ify generic POWER, POWER2, pure 32-bit PowerPC (i.e., not MPC601),
           and 64-bit PowerPC architecture machine types, with an appropriate,
           generic processor model assumed for scheduling purposes.

           The other options specify a specific processor.  Code generated
           under those options will run best on that processor, and may not
           run at all on others.

           The -mcpu options automatically enable or disable the following
           options: -maltivec, -mfprnd, -mhard-float, -mmfcrf, -mmultiple,
           -mnew-mnemonics, -mpopcntb, -mpower, -mpower2, -mpowerpc64, -mpow-
           erpc-gpopt, -mpowerpc-gfxopt, -mstring, -mmfpgpr.  The particular
           options set for any particular CPU will vary between compiler ver-
           sions, depending on what setting seems to produce optimal code for
           that CPU; it doesn't necessarily reflect the actual hardware's
           capabilities.  If you wish to set an individual option to a partic-
           ular value, you may specify it after the -mcpu option, like
           -mcpu=970 -mno-altivec.

           On AIX, the -maltivec and -mpowerpc64 options are not enabled or
           disabled by the -mcpu option at present because AIX does not have
           full support for these options.  You may still enable or disable
           them individually if you're sure it'll work in your environment.

       -mtune=cpu_type
           Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
           cpu_type, but do not set the architecture type, register usage, or
           choice of mnemonics, as -mcpu=cpu_type would.  The same values for
           cpu_type are used for -mtune as for -mcpu.  If both are specified,
           the code generated will use the architecture, registers, and
           mnemonics set by -mcpu, but the scheduling parameters set by
           -mtune.

       -mswdiv
       -mno-swdiv
           Generate code to compute division as reciprocal estimate and itera-
           tive refinement, creating opportunities for increased throughput.
           This feature requires: optional PowerPC Graphics instruction set
           for single precision and FRE instruction for double precision,
           assuming divides cannot generate user-visible traps, and the domain
           values not include Infinities, denormals or zero denominator.

       -maltivec
       -mno-altivec
           Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and
           also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct
           access to the AltiVec instruction set.  You may also need to set
           -mabi=altivec to adjust the current ABI with AltiVec ABI enhance-
           ments.

       -mvrsave
       -mno-vrsave
           Generate VRSAVE instructions when generating AltiVec code.

       -msecure-plt
           Generate code that allows ld and ld.so to build executables and
           shared libraries with non-exec .plt and .got sections.  This is a
           PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.

       -mbss-plt
           Generate code that uses a BSS .plt section that ld.so fills in, and
           requires .plt and .got sections that are both writable and exe-
           cutable.  This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.

       -misel
       -mno-isel
           This switch enables or disables the generation of ISEL instruc-
           tions.

       -misel=yes/no
           This switch has been deprecated.  Use -misel and -mno-isel instead.

       -mspe
       -mno-isel
           This switch enables or disables the generation of SPE simd instruc-
           tions.

       -mspe=yes/no
           This option has been deprecated.  Use -mspe and -mno-spe instead.

       -mfloat-gprs=yes/single/double/no
       -mfloat-gprs
           This switch enables or disables the generation of floating point
           operations on the general purpose registers for architectures that
           support it.

           The argument yes or single enables the use of single-precision
           floating point operations.

           The argument double enables the use of single and double-precision
           floating point operations.

           The argument no disables floating point operations on the general
           purpose registers.

           This option is currently only available on the MPC854x.

       -m32
       -m64
           Generate code for 32-bit or 64-bit environments of Darwin and SVR4
           targets (including GNU/Linux).  The 32-bit environment sets int,
           long and pointer to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any
           PowerPC variant.  The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and
           long and pointer to 64 bits, and generates code for PowerPC64, as
           for -mpowerpc64.

       -mfull-toc
       -mno-fp-in-toc
       -mno-sum-in-toc
       -mminimal-toc
           Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created
           for every executable file.  The -mfull-toc option is selected by
           default.  In that case, GCC will allocate at least one TOC entry
           for each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program.
           GCC will also place floating-point constants in the TOC.  However,
           only 16,384 entries are available in the TOC.

           If you receive a linker error message that saying you have over-
           flowed the available TOC space, you can reduce the amount of TOC
           space used with the -mno-fp-in-toc and -mno-sum-in-toc options.
           -mno-fp-in-toc prevents GCC from putting floating-point constants
           in the TOC and -mno-sum-in-toc forces GCC to generate code to cal-
           culate the sum of an address and a constant at run-time instead of
           putting that sum into the TOC.  You may specify one or both of
           these options.  Each causes GCC to produce very slightly slower and
           larger code at the expense of conserving TOC space.

           If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you specify both
           of these options, specify -mminimal-toc instead.  This option
           causes GCC to make only one TOC entry for every file.  When you
           specify this option, GCC will produce code that is slower and
           larger but which uses extremely little TOC space.  You may wish to
           use this option only on files that contain less frequently executed
           code.

       -maix64
       -maix32
           Enable 64-bit AIX ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers,
           64-bit "long" type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
           Specifying -maix64 implies -mpowerpc64 and -mpowerpc, while -maix32
           disables the 64-bit ABI and implies -mno-powerpc64.  GCC defaults
           to -maix32.

       -mxl-compat
       -mno-xl-compat
           Produce code that conforms more closely to IBM XL compiler seman-
           tics when using AIX-compatible ABI.  Pass floating-point arguments
           to prototyped functions beyond the register save area (RSA) on the
           stack in addition to argument FPRs.  Do not assume that most sig-
           nificant double in 128-bit long double value is properly rounded
           when comparing values and converting to double.  Use XL symbol
           names for long double support routines.

           The AIX calling convention was extended but not initially docu-
           mented to handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that
           takes the address of its arguments with fewer arguments than
           declared.  IBM XL compilers access floating point arguments which
           do not fit in the RSA from the stack when a subroutine is compiled
           without optimization.  Because always storing floating-point argu-
           ments on the stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is
           not enabled by default and only is necessary when calling subrou-
           tines compiled by IBM XL compilers without optimization.

       -mpe
           Support IBM RS/6000 SP Parallel Environment (PE).  Link an applica-
           tion written to use message passing with special startup code to
           enable the application to run.  The system must have PE installed
           in the standard location (/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/), or the specs file
           must be overridden with the -specs= option to specify the appropri-
           ate directory location.  The Parallel Environment does not support
           threads, so the -mpe option and the -pthread option are incompati-
           ble.

       -malign-natural
       -malign-power
           On AIX, 32-bit Darwin, and 64-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option
           -malign-natural overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger
           types, such as floating-point doubles, on their natural size-based
           boundary.  The option -malign-power instructs GCC to follow the
           ABI-specified alignment rules.  GCC defaults to the standard align-
           ment defined in the ABI.

           On 64-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and
           -malign-power is not supported.

       -msoft-float
       -mhard-float
           Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register
           set.  Software floating point emulation is provided if you use the
           -msoft-float option, and pass the option to GCC when linking.

       -mmultiple
       -mno-multiple
           Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
           instructions and the store multiple word instructions.  These
           instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not
           generated on PowerPC systems.  Do not use -mmultiple on little
           endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when
           the processor is in little endian mode.  The exceptions are PPC740
           and PPC750 which permit the instructions usage in little endian
           mode.

       -mstring
       -mno-string
           Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions
           and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers
           and do small block moves.  These instructions are generated by
           default on POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems.  Do
           not use -mstring on little endian PowerPC systems, since those
           instructions do not work when the processor is in little endian
           mode.  The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit the
           instructions usage in little endian mode.

       -mupdate
       -mno-update
           Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instruc-
           tions that update the base register to the address of the calcu-
           lated memory location.  These instructions are generated by
           default.  If you use -mno-update, there is a small window between
           the time that the stack pointer is updated and the address of the
           previous frame is stored, which means code that walks the stack
           frame across interrupts or signals may get corrupted data.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
           Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply
           and accumulate instructions.  These instructions are generated by
           default if hardware floating is used.

       -mno-bit-align
       -mbit-align
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force struc-
           tures and unions that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the base
           type of the bit-field.

           For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
           "unsigned" bit-fields of length 1 would be aligned to a 4 byte
           boundary and have a size of 4 bytes.  By using -mno-bit-align, the
           structure would be aligned to a 1 byte boundary and be one byte in
           size.

       -mno-strict-align
       -mstrict-align
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
           unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.

       -mrelocatable
       -mno-relocatable
           On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not
           allow) the program to be relocated to a different address at run-
           time.  If you use -mrelocatable on any module, all objects linked
           together must be compiled with -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.

       -mrelocatable-lib
       -mno-relocatable-lib
           On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not
           allow) the program to be relocated to a different address at run-
           time.  Modules compiled with -mrelocatable-lib can be linked with
           either modules compiled without -mrelocatable and -mrelocatable-lib
           or with modules compiled with the -mrelocatable options.

       -mno-toc
       -mtoc
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
           register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the
           addresses used in the program.

       -mlittle
       -mlittle-endian
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
           processor in little endian mode.  The -mlittle-endian option is the
           same as -mlittle.

       -mbig
       -mbig-endian
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
           processor in big endian mode.  The -mbig-endian option is the same
           as -mbig.

       -mdynamic-no-pic
           On Darwin and Mac OS X systems, compile code so that it is not
           relocatable, but that its external references are relocatable.  The
           resulting code is suitable for applications, but not shared
           libraries.

       -mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority
           This option controls the priority that is assigned to dispatch-slot
           restricted instructions during the second scheduling pass.  The
           argument priority takes the value 0/1/2 to assign no/highest/sec-
           ond-highest priority to dispatch slot restricted instructions.

       -msched-costly-dep=dependence_type
           This option controls which dependences are considered costly by the
           target during instruction scheduling.  The argument dependence_type
           takes one of the following values: no: no dependence is costly,
           all: all dependences are costly, true_store_to_load: a true depen-
           dence from store to load is costly, store_to_load: any dependence
           from store to load is costly, number: any dependence which latency
           >= number is costly.

       -minsert-sched-nops=scheme
           This option controls which nop insertion scheme will be used during
           the second scheduling pass.  The argument scheme takes one of the
           following values: no: Don't insert nops.  pad: Pad with nops any
           dispatch group which has vacant issue slots, according to the
           scheduler's grouping.  regroup_exact: Insert nops to force costly
           dependent insns into separate groups.  Insert exactly as many nops
           as needed to force an insn to a new group, according to the esti-
           mated processor grouping.  number: Insert nops to force costly
           dependent insns into separate groups.  Insert number nops to force
           an insn to a new group.

       -mcall-sysv
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using call-
           ing conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System
           V Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement.  This
           is the default unless you configured GCC using powerpc-*-eabiaix.

       -mcall-sysv-eabi
           Specify both -mcall-sysv and -meabi options.

       -mcall-sysv-noeabi
           Specify both -mcall-sysv and -mno-eabi options.

       -mcall-solaris
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
           Solaris operating system.

       -mcall-linux
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
           Linux-based GNU system.

       -mcall-gnu
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
           Hurd-based GNU system.

       -mcall-netbsd
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
           NetBSD operating system.

       -maix-struct-return
           Return all structures in memory (as specified by the AIX ABI).

       -msvr4-struct-return
           Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified
           by the SVR4 ABI).

       -mabi=abi-type
           Extend the current ABI with a particular extension, or remove such
           extension.  Valid values are altivec, no-altivec, spe, no-spe, ibm-
           longdouble, ieeelongdouble.

       -mabi=spe
           Extend the current ABI with SPE ABI extensions.  This does not
           change the default ABI, instead it adds the SPE ABI extensions to
           the current ABI.

       -mabi=no-spe
           Disable Booke SPE ABI extensions for the current ABI.

       -mabi=ibmlongdouble
           Change the current ABI to use IBM extended precision long double.
           This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.

       -mabi=ieeelongdouble
           Change the current ABI to use IEEE extended precision long double.
           This is a PowerPC 32-bit Linux ABI option.

       -mprototype
       -mno-prototype
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
           variable argument functions are properly prototyped.  Otherwise,
           the compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped
           call to set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (CR) to
           indicate whether floating point values were passed in the floating
           point registers in case the function takes a variable arguments.
           With -mprototype, only calls to prototyped variable argument func-
           tions will set or clear the bit.

       -msim
           On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is
           called sim-crt0.o and that the standard C libraries are libsim.a
           and libc.a.  This is the default for powerpc-*-eabisim.  configura-
           tions.

       -mmvme
           On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is
           called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libmvme.a and
           libc.a.

       -mads
           On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is
           called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libads.a and libc.a.

       -myellowknife
           On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is
           called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libyk.a and libc.a.

       -mvxworks
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are
           compiling for a VxWorks system.

       -mwindiss
           Specify that you are compiling for the WindISS simulation environ-
           ment.

       -memb
           On embedded PowerPC systems, set the PPC_EMB bit in the ELF flags
           header to indicate that eabi extended relocations are used.

       -meabi
       -mno-eabi
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to
           the Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
           modifications to the System V.4 specifications.  Selecting -meabi
           means that the stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
           "__eabi" is called to from "main" to set up the eabi environment,
           and the -msdata option can use both "r2" and "r13" to point to two
           separate small data areas.  Selecting -mno-eabi means that the
           stack is aligned to a 16 byte boundary, do not call an initializa-
           tion function from "main", and the -msdata option will only use
           "r13" to point to a single small data area.  The -meabi option is
           on by default if you configured GCC using one of the pow-
           erpc*-*-eabi* options.

       -msdata=eabi
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
           "const" global and static data in the .sdata2 section, which is
           pointed to by register "r2".  Put small initialized non-"const"
           global and static data in the .sdata section, which is pointed to
           by register "r13".  Put small uninitialized global and static data
           in the .sbss section, which is adjacent to the .sdata section.  The
           -msdata=eabi option is incompatible with the -mrelocatable option.
           The -msdata=eabi option also sets the -memb option.

       -msdata=sysv
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and
           static data in the .sdata section, which is pointed to by register
           "r13".  Put small uninitialized global and static data in the .sbss
           section, which is adjacent to the .sdata section.  The -msdata=sysv
           option is incompatible with the -mrelocatable option.

       -msdata=default
       -msdata
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if -meabi is used, com-
           pile code the same as -msdata=eabi, otherwise compile code the same
           as -msdata=sysv.

       -msdata-data
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and
           static data in the .sdata section.  Put small uninitialized global
           and static data in the .sbss section.  Do not use register "r13" to
           address small data however.  This is the default behavior unless
           other -msdata options are used.

       -msdata=none
       -mno-sdata
           On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static
           data in the .data section, and all uninitialized data in the .bss
           section.

       -G num
           On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than
           or equal to num bytes into the small data or bss sections instead
           of the normal data or bss section.  By default, num is 8.  The -G
           num switch is also passed to the linker.  All modules should be
           compiled with the same -G num value.

       -mregnames
       -mno-regnames
           On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit regis-
           ter names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.

       -mlongcall
       -mno-longcall
           Default to making all function calls indirectly, using a register,
           so that functions which reside further than 32 megabytes
           (33,554,432 bytes) from the current location can be called.  This
           setting can be overridden by the "shortcall" function attribute, or
           by "#pragma longcall(0)".

           Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range calls and gener-
           ating glue code on the fly.  On these systems, long calls are
           unnecessary and generate slower code.  As of this writing, the AIX
           linker can do this, as can the GNU linker for PowerPC/64.  It is
           planned to add this feature to the GNU linker for 32-bit PowerPC
           systems as well.

           On Darwin/PPC systems, "#pragma longcall" will generate "jbsr
           callee, L42", plus a "branch island" (glue code).  The two target
           addresses represent the callee and the "branch island".  The Dar-
           win/PPC linker will prefer the first address and generate a "bl
           callee" if the PPC "bl" instruction will reach the callee directly;
           otherwise, the linker will generate "bl L42" to call the "branch
           island".  The "branch island" is appended to the body of the call-
           ing function; it computes the full 32-bit address of the callee and
           jumps to it.

           On Mach-O (Darwin) systems, this option directs the compiler emit
           to the glue for every direct call, and the Darwin linker decides
           whether to use or discard it.

           In the future, we may cause GCC to ignore all longcall specifica-
           tions when the linker is known to generate glue.

       -pthread
           Adds support for multithreading with the pthreads library.  This
           option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.

       S/390 and zSeries Options

       These are the -m options defined for the S/390 and zSeries architec-
       ture.

       -mhard-float
       -msoft-float
           Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and reg-
           isters for floating-point operations.  When -msoft-float is speci-
           fied, functions in libgcc.a will be used to perform floating-point
           operations.  When -mhard-float is specified, the compiler generates
           IEEE floating-point instructions.  This is the default.

       -mlong-double-64
       -mlong-double-128
           These switches control the size of "long double" type. A size of
           64bit makes the "long double" type equivalent to the "double" type.
           This is the default.

       -mbackchain
       -mno-backchain
           Store (do not store) the address of the caller's frame as backchain
           pointer into the callee's stack frame.  A backchain may be needed
           to allow debugging using tools that do not understand DWARF-2 call
           frame information.  When -mno-packed-stack is in effect, the
           backchain pointer is stored at the bottom of the stack frame; when
           -mpacked-stack is in effect, the backchain is placed into the top-
           most word of the 96/160 byte register save area.

           In general, code compiled with -mbackchain is call-compatible with
           code compiled with -mmo-backchain; however, use of the backchain
           for debugging purposes usually requires that the whole binary is
           built with -mbackchain.  Note that the combination of -mbackchain,
           -mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported.  In order to
           build a linux kernel use -msoft-float.

           The default is to not maintain the backchain.

       -mpacked-stack
       -mno-packed-stack
           Use (do not use) the packed stack layout.  When -mno-packed-stack
           is specified, the compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte
           register save area only for their default purpose; unused fields
           still take up stack space.  When -mpacked-stack is specified, reg-
           ister save slots are densely packed at the top of the register save
           area; unused space is reused for other purposes, allowing for more
           efficient use of the available stack space.  However, when
           -mbackchain is also in effect, the topmost word of the save area is
           always used to store the backchain, and the return address register
           is always saved two words below the backchain.

           As long as the stack frame backchain is not used, code generated
           with -mpacked-stack is call-compatible with code generated with
           -mno-packed-stack.  Note that some non-FSF releases of GCC 2.95 for
           S/390 or zSeries generated code that uses the stack frame backchain
           at run time, not just for debugging purposes.  Such code is not
           call-compatible with code compiled with -mpacked-stack.  Also, note
           that the combination of -mbackchain, -mpacked-stack and
           -mhard-float is not supported.  In order to build a linux kernel
           use -msoft-float.

           The default is to not use the packed stack layout.

       -msmall-exec
       -mno-small-exec
           Generate (or do not generate) code using the "bras" instruction to
           do subroutine calls.  This only works reliably if the total exe-
           cutable size does not exceed 64k.  The default is to use the "basr"
           instruction instead, which does not have this limitation.

       -m64
       -m31
           When -m31 is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux
           for S/390 ABI.  When -m64 is specified, generate code compliant to
           the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI.  This allows GCC in particular to
           generate 64-bit instructions.  For the s390 targets, the default is
           -m31, while the s390x targets default to -m64.

       -mzarch
       -mesa
           When -mzarch is specified, generate code using the instructions
           available on z/Architecture.  When -mesa is specified, generate
           code using the instructions available on ESA/390.  Note that -mesa
           is not possible with -m64.  When generating code compliant to the
           GNU/Linux for S/390 ABI, the default is -mesa.  When generating
           code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI, the default is
           -mzarch.

       -mmvcle
       -mno-mvcle
           Generate (or do not generate) code using the "mvcle" instruction to
           perform block moves.  When -mno-mvcle is specified, use a "mvc"
           loop instead.  This is the default unless optimizing for size.

       -mdebug
       -mno-debug
           Print (or do not print) additional debug information when compil-
           ing.  The default is to not print debug information.

       -march=cpu-type
           Generate code that will run on cpu-type, which is the name of a
           system representing a certain processor type.  Possible values for
           cpu-type are g5, g6, z900, and z990.  When generating code using
           the instructions available on z/Architecture, the default is
           -march=z900.  Otherwise, the default is -march=g5.

       -mtune=cpu-type
           Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code,
           except for the ABI and the set of available instructions.  The list
           of cpu-type values is the same as for -march.  The default is the
           value used for -march.

       -mtpf-trace
       -mno-tpf-trace
           Generate code that adds (does not add) in TPF OS specific branches
           to trace routines in the operating system.  This option is off by
           default, even when compiling for the TPF OS.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
           Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply
           and accumulate instructions.  These instructions are generated by
           default if hardware floating point is used.

       -mwarn-framesize=framesize
           Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame
           size.  Because this is a compile time check it doesn't need to be a
           real problem when the program runs.  It is intended to identify
           functions which most probably cause a stack overflow.  It is useful
           to be used in an environment with limited stack size e.g. the linux
           kernel.

       -mwarn-dynamicstack
           Emit a warning if the function calls alloca or uses dynamically
           sized arrays.  This is generally a bad idea with a limited stack
           size.

       -mstack-guard=stack-guard
       -mstack-size=stack-size
           These arguments always have to be used in conjunction.  If they are
           present the s390 back end emits additional instructions in the
           function prologue which trigger a trap if the stack size is stack-
           guard bytes above the stack-size (remember that the stack on s390
           grows downward).  These options are intended to be used to help
           debugging stack overflow problems.  The additionally emitted code
           causes only little overhead and hence can also be used in produc-
           tion like systems without greater performance degradation.  The
           given values have to be exact powers of 2 and stack-size has to be
           greater than stack-guard without exceeding 64k.  In order to be
           efficient the extra code makes the assumption that the stack starts
           at an address aligned to the value given by stack-size.

       SH Options

       These -m options are defined for the SH implementations:

       -m1 Generate code for the SH1.

       -m2 Generate code for the SH2.

       -m2e
           Generate code for the SH2e.

       -m3 Generate code for the SH3.

       -m3e
           Generate code for the SH3e.

       -m4-nofpu
           Generate code for the SH4 without a floating-point unit.

       -m4-single-only
           Generate code for the SH4 with a floating-point unit that only sup-
           ports single-precision arithmetic.

       -m4-single
           Generate code for the SH4 assuming the floating-point unit is in
           single-precision mode by default.

       -m4 Generate code for the SH4.

       -m4a-nofpu
           Generate code for the SH4al-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that
           the floating-point unit is not used.

       -m4a-single-only
           Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision
           floating point operations are used.

       -m4a-single
           Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in
           single-precision mode by default.

       -m4a
           Generate code for the SH4a.

       -m4al
           Same as -m4a-nofpu, except that it implicitly passes -dsp to the
           assembler.  GCC doesn't generate any DSP instructions at the
           moment.

       -mb Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.

       -ml Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.

       -mdalign
           Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries.  Note that this changes the
           calling conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C
           library will not work unless you recompile it first with -mdalign.

       -mrelax
           Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses
           the linker option -relax.

       -mbigtable
           Use 32-bit offsets in "switch" tables.  The default is to use
           16-bit offsets.

       -mfmovd
           Enable the use of the instruction "fmovd".

       -mhitachi
           Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.

       -mrenesas
           Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.

       -mno-renesas
           Comply with the calling conventions defined for GCC before the
           Renesas conventions were available.  This option is the default for
           all targets of the SH toolchain except for sh-symbianelf.

       -mnomacsave
           Mark the "MAC" register as call-clobbered, even if -mhitachi is
           given.

       -mieee
           Increase IEEE-compliance of floating-point code.  At the moment,
           this is equivalent to -fno-finite-math-only.  When generating 16
           bit SH opcodes, getting IEEE-conforming results for comparisons of
           NANs / infinities incurs extra overhead in every floating point
           comparison, therefore the default is set to -ffinite-math-only.

       -misize
           Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.

       -mpadstruct
           This option is deprecated.  It pads structures to multiple of 4
           bytes, which is incompatible with the SH ABI.

       -mspace
           Optimize for space instead of speed.  Implied by -Os.

       -mprefergot
           When generating position-independent code, emit function calls
           using the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Ta-
           ble.

       -musermode
           Generate a library function call to invalidate instruction cache
           entries, after fixing up a trampoline.  This library function call
           doesn't assume it can write to the whole memory address space.
           This is the default when the target is "sh-*-linux*".

       -multcost=number
           Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn.

       -mdiv=strategy
           Set the division strategy to use for SHmedia code.  strategy must
           be one of: call, call2, fp, inv, inv:minlat, inv20u, inv20l,
           inv:call, inv:call2, inv:fp .  "fp" performs the operation in
           floating point.  This has a very high latency, but needs only a few
           instructions, so it might be a good choice if your code has enough
           easily exploitable ILP to allow the compiler to schedule the float-
           ing point instructions together with other instructions.  Division
           by zero causes a floating point exception.  "inv" uses integer
           operations to calculate the inverse of the divisor, and then multi-
           plies the dividend with the inverse.  This strategy allows cse and
           hoisting of the inverse calculation.  Division by zero calculates
           an unspecified result, but does not trap.  "inv:minlat" is a vari-
           ant of "inv" where if no cse / hoisting opportunities have been
           found, or if the entire operation has been hoisted to the same
           place, the last stages of the inverse calculation are intertwined
           with the final multiply to reduce the overall latency, at the
           expense of using a few more instructions, and thus offering fewer
           scheduling opportunities with other code.  "call" calls a library
           function that usually implements the inv:minlat strategy.  This
           gives high code density for m5-*media-nofpu compilations.  "call2"
           uses a different entry point of the same library function, where it
           assumes that a pointer to a lookup table has already been set up,
           which exposes the pointer load to cse / code hoisting optimiza-
           tions.  "inv:call", "inv:call2" and "inv:fp" all use the "inv"
           algorithm for initial code generation, but if the code stays unop-
           timized, revert to the "call", "call2", or "fp" strategies, respec-
           tively.  Note that the potentially-trapping side effect of division
           by zero is carried by a separate instruction, so it is possible
           that all the integer instructions are hoisted out, but the marker
           for the side effect stays where it is.  A recombination to fp oper-
           ations or a call is not possible in that case.  "inv20u" and
           "inv20l" are variants of the "inv:minlat" strategy.  In the case
           that the inverse calculation was nor separated from the multiply,
           they speed up division where the dividend fits into 20 bits (plus
           sign where applicable), by inserting a test to skip a number of
           operations in this case; this test slows down the case of larger
           dividends.  inv20u assumes the case of a such a small dividend to
           be unlikely, and inv20l assumes it to be likely.

       -mdivsi3_libfunc=name
           Set the name of the library function used for 32 bit signed divi-
           sion to name.  This only affect the name used in the call and
           inv:call division strategies, and the compiler will still expect
           the same sets of input/output/clobbered registers as if this option
           was not present.

       -madjust-unroll
           Throttle unrolling to avoid thrashing target registers.  This
           option only has an effect if the gcc code base supports the TAR-
           GET_ADJUST_UNROLL_MAX target hook.

       -mindexed-addressing
           Enable the use of the indexed addressing mode for SHmedia32/SHcom-
           pact.  This is only safe if the hardware and/or OS implement 32 bit
           wrap-around semantics for the indexed addressing mode.  The archi-
           tecture allows the implementation of processors with 64 bit MMU,
           which the OS could use to get 32 bit addressing, but since no cur-
           rent hardware implementation supports this or any other way to make
           the indexed addressing mode safe to use in the 32 bit ABI, the
           default is -mno-indexed-addressing.

       -mgettrcost=number
           Set the cost assumed for the gettr instruction to number.  The
           default is 2 if -mpt-fixed is in effect, 100 otherwise.

       -mpt-fixed
           Assume pt* instructions won't trap.  This will generally generate
           better scheduled code, but is unsafe on current hardware.  The cur-
           rent architecture definition says that ptabs and ptrel trap when
           the target anded with 3 is 3.  This has the unintentional effect of
           making it unsafe to schedule ptabs / ptrel before a branch, or
           hoist it out of a loop.  For example, __do_global_ctors, a part of
           libgcc that runs constructors at program startup, calls functions
           in a list which is delimited by -1.  With the -mpt-fixed option,
           the ptabs will be done before testing against -1.  That means that
           all the constructors will be run a bit quicker, but when the loop
           comes to the end of the list, the program crashes because ptabs
           loads -1 into a target register.  Since this option is unsafe for
           any hardware implementing the current architecture specification,
           the default is -mno-pt-fixed.  Unless the user specifies a specific
           cost with -mgettrcost, -mno-pt-fixed also implies -mgettrcost=100;
           this deters register allocation using target registers for storing
           ordinary integers.

       -minvalid-symbols
           Assume symbols might be invalid.  Ordinary function symbols gener-
           ated by the compiler will always be valid to load with
           movi/shori/ptabs or movi/shori/ptrel, but with assembler and/or
           linker tricks it is possible to generate symbols that will cause
           ptabs / ptrel to trap.  This option is only meaningful when
           -mno-pt-fixed is in effect.  It will then prevent cross-basic-block
           cse, hoisting and most scheduling of symbol loads.  The default is
           -mno-invalid-symbols.

       SPARC Options

       These -m options are supported on the SPARC:

       -mno-app-regs
       -mapp-regs
           Specify -mapp-regs to generate output using the global registers 2
           through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications.
           This is the default.

           To be fully SVR4 ABI compliant at the cost of some performance
           loss, specify -mno-app-regs.  You should compile libraries and sys-
           tem software with this option.

       -mfpu
       -mhard-float
           Generate output containing floating point instructions.  This is
           the default.

       -mno-fpu
       -msoft-float
           Generate output containing library calls for floating point.  Warn-
           ing: the requisite libraries are not available for all SPARC tar-
           gets.  Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler
           are used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation.
           You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library
           functions for cross-compilation.  The embedded targets sparc-*-aout
           and sparclite-*-* do provide software floating point support.

           -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file;
           therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with
           this option.  In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the
           library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
           work.

       -mhard-quad-float
           Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating point
           instructions.

       -msoft-quad-float
           Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long dou-
           ble) floating point instructions.  The functions called are those
           specified in the SPARC ABI.  This is the default.

           As of this writing, there are no SPARC implementations that have
           hardware support for the quad-word floating point instructions.
           They all invoke a trap handler for one of these instructions, and
           then the trap handler emulates the effect of the instruction.
           Because of the trap handler overhead, this is much slower than
           calling the ABI library routines.  Thus the -msoft-quad-float
           option is the default.

       -mno-unaligned-doubles
       -munaligned-doubles
           Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment.  This is the default.

           With -munaligned-doubles, GCC assumes that doubles have 8 byte
           alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they
           have an absolute address.  Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte
           alignment.  Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility
           problems with code generated by other compilers.  It is not the
           default because it results in a performance loss, especially for
           floating point code.

       -mno-faster-structs
       -mfaster-structs
           With -mfaster-structs, the compiler assumes that structures should
           have 8 byte alignment.  This enables the use of pairs of "ldd" and
           "std" instructions for copies in structure assignment, in place of
           twice as many "ld" and "st" pairs.  However, the use of this
           changed alignment directly violates the SPARC ABI.  Thus, it's
           intended only for use on targets where the developer acknowledges
           that their resulting code will not be directly in line with the
           rules of the ABI.

       -mimpure-text
           -mimpure-text, used in addition to -shared, tells the compiler to
           not pass -z text to the linker when linking a shared object.  Using
           this option, you can link position-dependent code into a shared
           object.

           -mimpure-text suppresses the "relocations remain against allocat-
           able but non-writable sections" linker error message.  However, the
           necessary relocations will trigger copy-on-write, and the shared
           object is not actually shared across processes.  Instead of using
           -mimpure-text, you should compile all source code with -fpic or
           -fPIC.

           This option is only available on SunOS and Solaris.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
           Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
           parameters for machine type cpu_type.  Supported values for
           cpu_type are v7, cypress, v8, supersparc, sparclite, f930, f934,
           hypersparc, sparclite86x, sparclet, tsc701, v9, ultrasparc, ultra-
           sparc3, and niagara.

           Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that
           select an architecture and not an implementation.  These are v7,
           v8, sparclite, sparclet, v9.

           Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
           implementations.

                       v7:             cypress
                       v8:             supersparc, hypersparc
                       sparclite:      f930, f934, sparclite86x
                       sparclet:       tsc701
                       v9:             ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara

           By default (unless configured otherwise), GCC generates code for
           the V7 variant of the SPARC architecture.  With -mcpu=cypress, the
           compiler additionally optimizes it for the Cypress CY7C602 chip, as
           used in the SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series.  This is also
           appropriate for the older SPARCStation 1, 2, IPX etc.

           With -mcpu=v8, GCC generates code for the V8 variant of the SPARC
           architecture.  The only difference from V7 code is that the com-
           piler emits the integer multiply and integer divide instructions
           which exist in SPARC-V8 but not in SPARC-V7.  With -mcpu=super-
           sparc, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the SuperSPARC
           chip, as used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000 and 2000 series.

           With -mcpu=sparclite, GCC generates code for the SPARClite variant
           of the SPARC architecture.  This adds the integer multiply, integer
           divide step and scan ("ffs") instructions which exist in SPARClite
           but not in SPARC-V7.  With -mcpu=f930, the compiler additionally
           optimizes it for the Fujitsu MB86930 chip, which is the original
           SPARClite, with no FPU.  With -mcpu=f934, the compiler additionally
           optimizes it for the Fujitsu MB86934 chip, which is the more recent
           SPARClite with FPU.

           With -mcpu=sparclet, GCC generates code for the SPARClet variant of
           the SPARC architecture.  This adds the integer multiply, multi-
           ply/accumulate, integer divide step and scan ("ffs") instructions
           which exist in SPARClet but not in SPARC-V7.  With -mcpu=tsc701,
           the compiler additionally optimizes it for the TEMIC SPARClet chip.

           With -mcpu=v9, GCC generates code for the V9 variant of the SPARC
           architecture.  This adds 64-bit integer and floating-point move
           instructions, 3 additional floating-point condition code registers
           and conditional move instructions.  With -mcpu=ultrasparc, the com-
           piler additionally optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC I/II/IIi
           chips.  With -mcpu=ultrasparc3, the compiler additionally optimizes
           it for the Sun UltraSPARC III/III+/IIIi/IIIi+/IV/IV+ chips.  With
           -mcpu=niagara, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun
           UltraSPARC T1 chips.

       -mtune=cpu_type
           Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
           cpu_type, but do not set the instruction set or register set that
           the option -mcpu=cpu_type would.

           The same values for -mcpu=cpu_type can be used for -mtune=cpu_type,
           but the only useful values are those that select a particular cpu
           implementation.  Those are cypress, supersparc, hypersparc, f930,
           f934, sparclite86x, tsc701, ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, and niagara.

       -mv8plus
       -mno-v8plus
           With -mv8plus, GCC generates code for the SPARC-V8+ ABI.  The dif-
           ference from the V8 ABI is that the global and out registers are
           considered 64-bit wide.  This is enabled by default on Solaris in
           32-bit mode for all SPARC-V9 processors.

       -mvis
       -mno-vis
           With -mvis, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the Ultra-
           SPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions.  The default is -mno-vis.

       These -m options are supported in addition to the above on SPARC-V9
       processors in 64-bit environments:

       -mlittle-endian
           Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.  It is
           only available for a few configurations and most notably not on
           Solaris and Linux.

       -m32
       -m64
           Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The 32-bit envi-
           ronment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.  The 64-bit environ-
           ment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.

       -mcmodel=medlow
           Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: 64-bit addresses, pro-
           grams must be linked in the low 32 bits of memory.  Programs can be
           statically or dynamically linked.

       -mcmodel=medmid
           Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: 64-bit addresses,
           programs must be linked in the low 44 bits of memory, the text and
           data segments must be less than 2GB in size and the data segment
           must be located within 2GB of the text segment.

       -mcmodel=medany
           Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: 64-bit addresses,
           programs may be linked anywhere in memory, the text and data seg-
           ments must be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be
           located within 2GB of the text segment.

       -mcmodel=embmedany
           Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded sys-
           tems: 64-bit addresses, the text and data segments must be less
           than 2GB in size, both starting anywhere in memory (determined at
           link time).  The global register %g4 points to the base of the data
           segment.  Programs are statically linked and PIC is not supported.

       -mstack-bias
       -mno-stack-bias
           With -mstack-bias, GCC assumes that the stack pointer, and frame
           pointer if present, are offset by -2047 which must be added back
           when making stack frame references.  This is the default in 64-bit
           mode.  Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.

       These switches are supported in addition to the above on Solaris:

       -threads
           Add support for multithreading using the Solaris threads library.
           This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.  This
           option does not affect the thread safety of object code produced by
           the compiler or that of libraries supplied with it.

       -pthreads
           Add support for multithreading using the POSIX threads library.
           This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.  This
           option does not affect the thread safety of object code produced
           by the compiler or that of libraries supplied with it.

       -pthread
           This is a synonym for -pthreads.

       Options for System V

       These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for com-
       patibility with other compilers on those systems:

       -G  Create a shared object.  It is recommended that -symbolic or
           -shared be used instead.

       -Qy Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
           ".ident" assembler directive in the output.

       -Qn Refrain from adding ".ident" directives to the output file (this is
           the default).

       -YP,dirs
           Search the directories dirs, and no others, for libraries specified
           with -l.

       -Ym,dir
           Look in the directory dir to find the M4 preprocessor.  The assem-
           bler uses this option.

       TMS320C3x/C4x Options

       These -m options are defined for TMS320C3x/C4x implementations:

       -mcpu=cpu_type
           Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
           parameters for machine type cpu_type.  Supported values for
           cpu_type are c30, c31, c32, c40, and c44.  The default is c40 to
           generate code for the TMS320C40.

       -mbig-memory
       -mbig
       -msmall-memory
       -msmall
           Generates code for the big or small memory model.  The small memory
           model assumed that all data fits into one 64K word page.  At run-
           time the data page (DP) register must be set to point to the 64K
           page containing the .bss and .data program sections.  The big mem-
           ory model is the default and requires reloading of the DP register
           for every direct memory access.

       -mbk
       -mno-bk
           Allow (disallow) allocation of general integer operands into the
           block count register BK.

       -mdb
       -mno-db
           Enable (disable) generation of code using decrement and branch,
           DBcond(D), instructions.  This is enabled by default for the C4x.
           To be on the safe side, this is disabled for the C3x, since the
           maximum iteration count on the C3x is 2^{23 + 1} (but who iterates
           loops more than 2^{23} times on the C3x?).  Note that GCC will try
           to reverse a loop so that it can utilize the decrement and branch
           instruction, but will give up if there is more than one memory ref-
           erence in the loop.  Thus a loop where the loop counter is decre-
           mented can generate slightly more efficient code, in cases where
           the RPTB instruction cannot be utilized.

       -mdp-isr-reload
       -mparanoid
           Force the DP register to be saved on entry to an interrupt service
           routine (ISR), reloaded to point to the data section, and restored
           on exit from the ISR.  This should not be required unless someone
           has violated the small memory model by modifying the DP register,
           say within an object library.

       -mmpyi
       -mno-mpyi
           For the C3x use the 24-bit MPYI instruction for integer multiplies
           instead of a library call to guarantee 32-bit results.  Note that
           if one of the operands is a constant, then the multiplication will
           be performed using shifts and adds.  If the -mmpyi option is not
           specified for the C3x, then squaring operations are performed
           inline instead of a library call.

       -mfast-fix
       -mno-fast-fix
           The C3x/C4x FIX instruction to convert a floating point value to an
           integer value chooses the nearest integer less than or equal to the
           floating point value rather than to the nearest integer.  Thus if
           the floating point number is negative, the result will be incor-
           rectly truncated an additional code is necessary to detect and cor-
           rect this case.  This option can be used to disable generation of
           the additional code required to correct the result.

       -mrptb
       -mno-rptb
           Enable (disable) generation of repeat block sequences using the
           RPTB instruction for zero overhead looping.  The RPTB construct is
           only used for innermost loops that do not call functions or jump
           across the loop boundaries.  There is no advantage having nested
           RPTB loops due to the overhead required to save and restore the RC,
           RS, and RE registers.  This is enabled by default with -O2.

       -mrpts=count
       -mno-rpts
           Enable (disable) the use of the single instruction repeat instruc-
           tion RPTS.  If a repeat block contains a single instruction, and
           the loop count can be guaranteed to be less than the value count,
           GCC will emit a RPTS instruction instead of a RPTB.  If no value is
           specified, then a RPTS will be emitted even if the loop count can-
           not be determined at compile time.  Note that the repeated instruc-
           tion following RPTS does not have to be reloaded from memory each
           iteration, thus freeing up the CPU buses for operands.  However,
           since interrupts are blocked by this instruction, it is disabled by
           default.

       -mloop-unsigned
       -mno-loop-unsigned
           The maximum iteration count when using RPTS and RPTB (and DB on the
           C40) is 2^{31 + 1} since these instructions test if the iteration
           count is negative to terminate the loop.  If the iteration count is
           unsigned there is a possibility than the 2^{31 + 1} maximum itera-
           tion count may be exceeded.  This switch allows an unsigned itera-
           tion count.

       -mti
           Try to emit an assembler syntax that the TI assembler (asm30) is
           happy with.  This also enforces compatibility with the API employed
           by the TI C3x C compiler.  For example, long doubles are passed as
           structures rather than in floating point registers.

       -mregparm
       -mmemparm
           Generate code that uses registers (stack) for passing arguments to
           functions.  By default, arguments are passed in registers where
           possible rather than by pushing arguments on to the stack.

       -mparallel-insns
       -mno-parallel-insns
           Allow the generation of parallel instructions.  This is enabled by
           default with -O2.

       -mparallel-mpy
       -mno-parallel-mpy
           Allow the generation of MPY||ADD and MPY||SUB parallel instruc-
           tions, provided -mparallel-insns is also specified.  These instruc-
           tions have tight register constraints which can pessimize the code
           generation of large functions.

       V850 Options

       These -m options are defined for V850 implementations:

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
           Treat all calls as being far away (near).  If calls are assumed to
           be far away, the compiler will always load the functions address up
           into a register, and call indirect through the pointer.

       -mno-ep
       -mep
           Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
           pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the "ep" register, and
           use the shorter "sld" and "sst" instructions.  The -mep option is
           on by default if you optimize.

       -mno-prolog-function
       -mprolog-function
           Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore regis-
           ters at the prologue and epilogue of a function.  The external
           functions are slower, but use less code space if more than one
           function saves the same number of registers.  The -mprolog-function
           option is on by default if you optimize.

       -mspace
           Try to make the code as small as possible.  At present, this just
           turns on the -mep and -mprolog-function options.

       -mtda=n
           Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
           the tiny data area that register "ep" points to.  The tiny data
           area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte refer-
           ences).

       -msda=n
           Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
           the small data area that register "gp" points to.  The small data
           area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.

       -mzda=n
           Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
           the first 32 kilobytes of memory.

       -mv850
           Specify that the target processor is the V850.

       -mbig-switch
           Generate code suitable for big switch tables.  Use this option only
           if the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within
           a switch table.

       -mapp-regs
           This option will cause r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated
           by the compiler.  This setting is the default.

       -mno-app-regs
           This option will cause r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers.

       -mv850e1
           Specify that the target processor is the V850E1.  The preprocessor
           constants __v850e1__ and __v850e__ will be defined if this option
           is used.

       -mv850e
           Specify that the target processor is the V850E.  The preprocessor
           constant __v850e__ will be defined if this option is used.

           If neither -mv850 nor -mv850e nor -mv850e1 are defined then a
           default target processor will be chosen and the relevant __v850*__
           preprocessor constant will be defined.

           The preprocessor constants __v850 and __v851__ are always defined,
           regardless of which processor variant is the target.

       -mdisable-callt
           This option will suppress generation of the CALLT instruction for
           the v850e and v850e1 flavors of the v850 architecture.  The default
           is -mno-disable-callt which allows the CALLT instruction to be
           used.

       VAX Options

       These -m options are defined for the VAX:

       -munix
           Do not output certain jump instructions ("aobleq" and so on) that
           the Unix assembler for the VAX cannot handle across long ranges.

       -mgnu
           Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you will
           assemble with the GNU assembler.

       -mg Output code for g-format floating point numbers instead of d-for-
           mat.

       x86-64 Options

       These are listed under

       Xstormy16 Options

       These options are defined for Xstormy16:

       -msim
           Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.

       Xtensa Options

       These options are supported for Xtensa targets:

       -mconst16
       -mno-const16
           Enable or disable use of "CONST16" instructions for loading con-
           stant values.  The "CONST16" instruction is currently not a
           standard option from Tensilica.  When enabled, "CONST16" instruc-
           tions are always used in place of the standard "L32R" instructions.
           The use of "CONST16" is enabled by default only if the "L32R"
           instruction is not available.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
           Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract
           instructions in the floating-point option.  This has no effect if
           the floating-point option is not also enabled.  Disabling fused
           multiply/add and multiply/subtract instructions forces the compiler
           to use separate instructions for the multiply and add/subtract
           operations.  This may be desirable in some cases where strict IEEE
           754-compliant results are required: the fused multiply add/subtract
           instructions do not round the intermediate result, thereby produc-
           ing results with more bits of precision than specified by the IEEE
           standard.  Disabling fused multiply add/subtract instructions also
           ensures that the program output is not sensitive to the compiler's
           ability to combine multiply and add/subtract operations.

       -mtext-section-literals
       -mno-text-section-literals
           Control the treatment of literal pools.  The default is
           -mno-text-section-literals, which places literals in a separate
           section in the output file.  This allows the literal pool to be
           placed in a data RAM/ROM, and it also allows the linker to combine
           literal pools from separate object files to remove redundant liter-
           als and improve code size.  With -mtext-section-literals, the lit-
           erals are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them as
           close as possible to their references.  This may be necessary for
           large assembly files.

       -mtarget-align
       -mno-target-align
           When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to auto-
           matically align instructions to reduce branch penalties at the
           expense of some code density.  The assembler attempts to widen den-
           sity instructions to align branch targets and the instructions fol-
           lowing call instructions.  If there are not enough preceding safe
           density instructions to align a target, no widening will be per-
           formed.  The default is -mtarget-align.  These options do not
           affect the treatment of auto-aligned instructions like "LOOP",
           which the assembler will always align, either by widening density
           instructions or by inserting no-op instructions.

       -mlongcalls
       -mno-longcalls
           When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to trans-
           late direct calls to indirect calls unless it can determine that
           the target of a direct call is in the range allowed by the call
           instruction.  This translation typically occurs for calls to func-
           tions in other source files.  Specifically, the assembler trans-
           lates a direct "CALL" instruction into an "L32R" followed by a
           "CALLX" instruction.  The default is -mno-longcalls.  This option
           should be used in programs where the call target can potentially be
           out of range.  This option is implemented in the assembler, not the
           compiler, so the assembly code generated by GCC will still show
           direct call instructions---look at the disassembled object code to
           see the actual instructions.  Note that the assembler will use an
           indirect call for every cross-file call, not just those that really
           will be out of range.

       zSeries Options

       These are listed under

       Options for Code Generation Conventions

       These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
       used in code generation.

       Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
       of -ffoo would be -fno-foo.  In the table below, only one of the forms
       is listed---the one which is not the default.  You can figure out the
       other form by either removing no- or adding it.

       -fbounds-check
           For front-ends that support it, generate additional code to check
           that indices used to access arrays are within the declared range.
           This is currently only supported by the Java and Fortran
           front-ends, where this option defaults to true and false respec-
           tively.

       -ftrapv
           This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, sub-
           traction, multiplication operations.

       -fwrapv
           This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic
           overflow of addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around
           using twos-complement representation.  This flag enables some opti-
           mizations and disables others.  This option is enabled by default
           for the Java front-end, as required by the Java language specifica-
           tion.

       -fexceptions
           Enable exception handling.  Generates extra code needed to propa-
           gate exceptions.  For some targets, this implies GCC will generate
           frame unwind information for all functions, which can produce sig-
           nificant data size overhead, although it does not affect execution.
           If you do not specify this option, GCC will enable it by default
           for languages like C++ which normally require exception handling,
           and disable it for languages like C that do not normally require
           it.  However, you may need to enable this option when compiling C
           code that needs to interoperate properly with exception handlers
           written in C++.  You may also wish to disable this option if you
           are compiling older C++ programs that don't use exception handling.

       -fnon-call-exceptions
           Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw excep-
           tions.  Note that this requires platform-specific runtime support
           that does not exist everywhere.  Moreover, it only allows trapping
           instructions to throw exceptions, i.e. memory references or float-
           ing point instructions.  It does not allow exceptions to be thrown
           from arbitrary signal handlers such as "SIGALRM".

       -funwind-tables
           Similar to -fexceptions, except that it will just generate any
           needed static data, but will not affect the generated code in any
           other way.  You will normally not enable this option; instead, a
           language processor that needs this handling would enable it on your
           behalf.

       -fasynchronous-unwind-tables
           Generate unwind table in dwarf2 format, if supported by target
           machine.  The table is exact at each instruction boundary, so it
           can be used for stack unwinding from asynchronous events (such as
           debugger or garbage collector).

       -fpcc-struct-return
           Return "short" "struct" and "union" values in memory like longer
           ones, rather than in registers.  This convention is less efficient,
           but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between GCC-
           compiled files and files compiled with other compilers, particu-
           larly the Portable C Compiler (pcc).

           The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
           on the target configuration macros.

           Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment
           match that of some integer type.

           Warning: code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return switch is not
           binary compatible with code compiled with the -freg-struct-return
           switch.  Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
           interface.

       -freg-struct-return
           Return "struct" and "union" values in registers when possible.
           This is more efficient for small structures than
           -fpcc-struct-return.

           If you specify neither -fpcc-struct-return nor -freg-struct-return,
           GCC defaults to whichever convention is standard for the target.
           If there is no standard convention, GCC defaults to
           -fpcc-struct-return, except on targets where GCC is the principal
           compiler.  In those cases, we can choose the standard, and we chose
           the more efficient register return alternative.

           Warning: code compiled with the -freg-struct-return switch is not
           binary compatible with code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return
           switch.  Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
           interface.

       -fshort-enums
           Allocate to an "enum" type only as many bytes as it needs for the
           declared range of possible values.  Specifically, the "enum" type
           will be equivalent to the smallest integer type which has enough
           room.

           Warning: the -fshort-enums switch causes GCC to generate code that
           is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
           Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.

       -fshort-double
           Use the same size for "double" as for "float".

           Warning: the -fshort-double switch causes GCC to generate code that
           is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
           Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.

       -fshort-wchar
           Override the underlying type for wchar_t to be short unsigned int
           instead of the default for the target.  This option is useful for
           building programs to run under WINE.

           Warning: the -fshort-wchar switch causes GCC to generate code that
           is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
           Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.

       -fshared-data
           Requests that the data and non-"const" variables of this compila-
           tion be shared data rather than private data.  The distinction
           makes sense only on certain operating systems, where shared data is
           shared between processes running the same program, while private
           data exists in one copy per process.

       -fno-common
           In C, allocate even uninitialized global variables in the data sec-
           tion of the object file, rather than generating them as common
           blocks.  This has the effect that if the same variable is declared
           (without "extern") in two different compilations, you will get an
           error when you link them.  The only reason this might be useful is
           if you wish to verify that the program will work on other systems
           which always work this way.

       -fno-ident
           Ignore the #ident directive.

       -finhibit-size-directive
           Don't output a ".size" assembler directive, or anything else that
           would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
           two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory.  This
           option is used when compiling crtstuff.c; you should not need to
           use it for anything else.

       -fverbose-asm
           Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
           make it more readable.  This option is generally only of use to
           those who actually need to read the generated assembly code (per-
           haps while debugging the compiler itself).

           -fno-verbose-asm, the default, causes the extra information to be
           omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler files.

       -fpic
           Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a
           shared library, if supported for the target machine.  Such code
           accesses all constant addresses through a global offset table
           (GOT).  The dynamic loader resolves the GOT entries when the pro-
           gram starts (the dynamic loader is not part of GCC; it is part of
           the operating system).  If the GOT size for the linked executable
           exceeds a machine-specific maximum size, you get an error message
           from the linker indicating that -fpic does not work; in that case,
           recompile with -fPIC instead.  (These maximums are 8k on the SPARC
           and 32k on the m68k and RS/6000.  The 386 has no such limit.)

           Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore
           works only on certain machines.  For the 386, GCC supports PIC for
           System V but not for the Sun 386i.  Code generated for the IBM
           RS/6000 is always position-independent.

       -fPIC
           If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent
           code, suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the
           size of the global offset table.  This option makes a difference on
           the m68k, PowerPC and SPARC.

           Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore
           works only on certain machines.

       -fpie
       -fPIE
           These options are similar to -fpic and -fPIC, but generated posi-
           tion independent code can be only linked into executables.  Usually
           these options are used when -pie GCC option will be used during
           linking.

       -fno-jump-tables
           Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be
           more efficient than other code generation strategies.  This option
           is of use in conjunction with -fpic or -fPIC for building code
           which forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot reference the
           address of a jump table.  On some targets, jump tables do not
           require a GOT and this option is not needed.

       -ffixed-reg
           Treat the register named reg as a fixed register; generated code
           should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
           pointer or in some other fixed role).

           reg must be the name of a register.  The register names accepted
           are machine-specific and are defined in the "REGISTER_NAMES" macro
           in the machine description macro file.

           This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
           three-way choice.

       -fcall-used-reg
           Treat the register named reg as an allocable register that is clob-
           bered by function calls.  It may be allocated for temporaries or
           variables that do not live across a call.  Functions compiled this
           way will not save and restore the register reg.

           It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack
           pointer.  Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed per-
           vasive roles in the machine's execution model will produce disas-
           trous results.

           This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
           three-way choice.

       -fcall-saved-reg
           Treat the register named reg as an allocable register saved by
           functions.  It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables
           that live across a call.  Functions compiled this way will save and
           restore the register reg if they use it.

           It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack
           pointer.  Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed per-
           vasive roles in the machine's execution model will produce disas-
           trous results.

           A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this flag
           for a register in which function values may be returned.

           This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
           three-way choice.

       -fpack-struct[=n]
           Without a value specified, pack all structure members together
           without holes.  When a value is specified (which must be a small
           power of two), pack structure members according to this value, rep-
           resenting the maximum alignment (that is, objects with default
           alignment requirements larger than this will be output potentially
           unaligned at the next fitting location.

           Warning: the -fpack-struct switch causes GCC to generate code that
           is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
           Additionally, it makes the code suboptimal.  Use it to conform to a
           non-default application binary interface.

       -finstrument-functions
           Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions.
           Just after function entry and just before function exit, the fol-
           lowing profiling functions will be called with the address of the
           current function and its call site.  (On some platforms,
           "__builtin_return_address" does not work beyond the current func-
           tion, so the call site information may not be available to the pro-
           filing functions otherwise.)

                   void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn,
                                                  void *call_site);
                   void __cyg_profile_func_exit  (void *this_fn,
                                                  void *call_site);

           The first argument is the address of the start of the current func-
           tion, which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.

           This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in
           other functions.  The profiling calls will indicate where, concep-
           tually, the inline function is entered and exited.  This means that
           addressable versions of such functions must be available.  If all
           your uses of a function are expanded inline, this may mean an addi-
           tional expansion of code size.  If you use extern inline in your C
           code, an addressable version of such functions must be provided.
           (This is normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the
           optimizer always expands the functions inline, you might have got-
           ten away without providing static copies.)

           A function may be given the attribute "no_instrument_function", in
           which case this instrumentation will not be done.  This can be
           used, for example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-
           priority interrupt routines, and any functions from which the pro-
           filing functions cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers,
           if the profiling routines generate output or allocate memory).

       -fstack-check
           Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of
           the stack.  You should specify this flag if you are running in an
           environment with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify
           it in a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is auto-
           matically detected on nearly all systems if there is only one
           stack.

           Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done;
           the operating system must do that.  The switch causes generation of
           code to ensure that the operating system sees the stack being
           extended.

       -fstack-limit-register=reg
       -fstack-limit-symbol=sym
       -fno-stack-limit
           Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a cer-
           tain value, either the value of a register or the address of a sym-
           bol.  If the stack would grow beyond the value, a signal is raised.
           For most targets, the signal is raised before the stack overruns
           the boundary, so it is possible to catch the signal without taking
           special precautions.

           For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address 0x80000000
           and grows downwards, you can use the flags -fstack-limit-sym-
           bol=__stack_limit and -Wl,--defsym,__stack_limit=0x7ffe0000 to
           enforce a stack limit of 128KB.  Note that this may only work with
           the GNU linker.

       -fargument-alias
       -fargument-noalias
       -fargument-noalias-global
           Specify the possible relationships among parameters and between
           parameters and global data.

           -fargument-alias specifies that arguments (parameters) may alias
           each other and may alias global storage.-fargument-noalias speci-
           fies that arguments do not alias each other, but may alias global
           storage.-fargument-noalias-global specifies that arguments do not
           alias each other and do not alias global storage.

           Each language will automatically use whatever option is required by
           the language standard.  You should not need to use these options
           yourself.

       -fleading-underscore
           This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-underscore, forcibly
           change the way C symbols are represented in the object file.  One
           use is to help link with legacy assembly code.

           Warning: the -fleading-underscore switch causes GCC to generate
           code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that
           switch.  Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
           interface.  Not all targets provide complete support for this
           switch.

       -ftls-model=model
           Alter the thread-local storage model to be used.  The model argu-
           ment should be one of "global-dynamic", "local-dynamic", "ini-
           tial-exec" or "local-exec".

           The default without -fpic is "initial-exec"; with -fpic the default
           is "global-dynamic".

       -fvisibility=default|internal|hidden|protected
           Set the default ELF image symbol visibility to the specified
           option---all symbols will be marked with this unless overridden
           within the code.  Using this feature can very substantially improve
           linking and load times of shared object libraries, produce more
           optimized code, provide near-perfect API export and prevent symbol
           clashes.  It is strongly recommended that you use this in any
           shared objects you distribute.

           Despite the nomenclature, "default" always means public ie; avail-
           able to be linked against from outside the shared object.  "pro-
           tected" and "internal" are pretty useless in real-world usage so
           the only other commonly used option will be "hidden".  The default
           if -fvisibility isn't specified is "default", i.e., make every sym-
           bol public---this causes the same behavior as previous versions of
           GCC.

           A good explanation of the benefits offered by ensuring ELF symbols
           have the correct visibility is given by "How To Write Shared
           Libraries" by Ulrich Drepper (which can be found at <http://peo-
           ple.redhat.com/~drepper/>)---however a superior solution made pos-
           sible by this option to marking things hidden when the default is
           public is to make the default hidden and mark things public.  This
           is the norm with DLL's on Windows and with -fvisibility=hidden and
           "__attribute__ ((visibility("default")))" instead of
           "__declspec(dllexport)" you get almost identical semantics with
           identical syntax.  This is a great boon to those working with
           cross-platform projects.

           For those adding visibility support to existing code, you may find
           #pragma GCC visibility of use.  This works by you enclosing the
           declarations you wish to set visibility for with (for example)
           #pragma GCC visibility push(hidden) and #pragma GCC visibility pop.
           Bear in mind that symbol visibility should be viewed as part of the
           API interface contract and thus all new code should always specify
           visibility when it is not the default ie; declarations only for use
           within the local DSO should always be marked explicitly as hidden
           as so to avoid PLT indirection overheads---making this abundantly
           clear also aids readability and self-documentation of the code.
           Note that due to ISO C++ specification requirements, operator new
           and operator delete must always be of default visibility.

           extern declarations are not affected by -fvisibility, so a lot of
           code can be recompiled with -fvisibility=hidden with no modifica-
           tions.  However, this means that calls to extern functions with no
           explicit visibility will use the PLT, so it is more effective to
           use __attribute ((visibility)) and/or #pragma GCC visibility to
           tell the compiler which extern declarations should be treated as
           hidden.

           Note that -fvisibility does affect C++ vague linkage entities. This
           means that, for instance, an exception class that will be thrown
           between DSOs must be explicitly marked with default visibility so
           that the type_info nodes will be unified between the DSOs.

           An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use them
           is at <http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility>.

       -fopenmp
           Enable handling of OpenMP directives "#pragma omp" in C/C++ and
           "!$omp" in Fortran.  When -fopenmp is specified, the compiler gen-
           erates parallel code according to the OpenMP Application Program
           Interface v2.5 <http://www.openmp.org/>.

ENVIRONMENT
       This section describes several environment variables that affect how
       GCC operates.  Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes
       to use when searching for various kinds of files.  Some are used to
       specify other aspects of the compilation environment.

       Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
       -B, -I and -L.  These take precedence over places specified using envi-
       ronment variables, which in turn take precedence over those specified
       by the configuration of GCC.

       LANG
       LC_CTYPE
       LC_MESSAGES
       LC_ALL
           These environment variables control the way that GCC uses localiza-
           tion information that allow GCC to work with different national
           conventions.  GCC inspects the locale categories LC_CTYPE and
           LC_MESSAGES if it has been configured to do so.  These locale cate-
           gories can be set to any value supported by your installation.  A
           typical value is en_GB.UTF-8 for English in the United Kingdom
           encoded in UTF-8.

           The LC_CTYPE environment variable specifies character classifica-
           tion.  GCC uses it to determine the character boundaries in a
           string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain
           quote and escape characters that would otherwise be interpreted as
           a string end or escape.

           The LC_MESSAGES environment variable specifies the language to use
           in diagnostic messages.

           If the LC_ALL environment variable is set, it overrides the value
           of LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES; otherwise, LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES
           default to the value of the LANG environment variable.  If none of
           these variables are set, GCC defaults to traditional C English
           behavior.

       TMPDIR
           If TMPDIR is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
           files.  GCC uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
           compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for
           example, the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the
           compiler proper.

       GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
           If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
           names of the subprograms executed by the compiler.  No slash is
           added when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram,
           but you can specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.

           If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is not set, GCC will attempt to figure out an
           appropriate prefix to use based on the pathname it was invoked
           with.

           If GCC cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
           tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.

           The default value of GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is prefix/lib/gcc/ where pre-
           fix is the value of "prefix" when you ran the configure script.

           Other prefixes specified with -B take precedence over this prefix.

           This prefix is also used for finding files such as crt0.o that are
           used for linking.

           In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
           directories to search for header files.  For each of the standard
           directories whose name normally begins with /usr/local/lib/gcc
           (more precisely, with the value of GCC_INCLUDE_DIR), GCC tries
           replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
           alternate directory name.  Thus, with -Bfoo/, GCC will search
           foo/bar where it would normally search /usr/local/lib/bar.  These
           alternate directories are searched first; the standard directories
           come next.

       COMPILER_PATH
           The value of COMPILER_PATH is a colon-separated list of directo-
           ries, much like PATH.  GCC tries the directories thus specified
           when searching for subprograms, if it can't find the subprograms
           using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.

       LIBRARY_PATH
           The value of LIBRARY_PATH is a colon-separated list of directories,
           much like PATH.  When configured as a native compiler, GCC tries
           the directories thus specified when searching for special linker
           files, if it can't find them using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.  Linking using
           GCC also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
           libraries for the -l option (but directories specified with -L come
           first).

       LANG
           This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler.
           One way in which this information is used is to determine the char-
           acter set to be used when character literals, string literals and
           comments are parsed in C and C++.  When the compiler is configured
           to allow multibyte characters, the following values for LANG are
           recognized:

           C-JIS
               Recognize JIS characters.

           C-SJIS
               Recognize SJIS characters.

           C-EUCJP
               Recognize EUCJP characters.

           If LANG is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
           compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined by the default locale
           to recognize and translate multibyte characters.

       Some additional environments variables affect the behavior of the pre-
       processor.

       CPATH
       C_INCLUDE_PATH
       CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
       OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
           Each variable's value is a list of directories separated by a spe-
           cial character, much like PATH, in which to look for header files.
           The special character, "PATH_SEPARATOR", is target-dependent and
           determined at GCC build time.  For Microsoft Windows-based targets
           it is a semicolon, and for almost all other targets it is a colon.

           CPATH specifies a list of directories to be searched as if speci-
           fied with -I, but after any paths given with -I options on the com-
           mand line.  This environment variable is used regardless of which
           language is being preprocessed.

           The remaining environment variables apply only when preprocessing
           the particular language indicated.  Each specifies a list of direc-
           tories to be searched as if specified with -isystem, but after any
           paths given with -isystem options on the command line.

           In all these variables, an empty element instructs the compiler to
           search its current working directory.  Empty elements can appear at
           the beginning or end of a path.  For instance, if the value of
           CPATH is ":/special/include", that has the same effect as
           -I. -I/special/include.

       DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
           If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output depen-
           dencies for Make based on the non-system header files processed by
           the compiler.  System header files are ignored in the dependency
           output.

           The value of DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT can be just a file name, in which
           case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
           name from the source file name.  Or the value can have the form
           file target, in which case the rules are written to file file using
           target as the target name.

           In other words, this environment variable is equivalent to combin-
           ing the options -MM and -MF, with an optional -MT switch too.

       SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES
           This variable is the same as DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT (see above),
           except that system header files are not ignored, so it implies -M
           rather than -MM.  However, the dependence on the main input file is
           omitted.

BUGS
       For instructions on reporting bugs, see <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugs.html>.

FOOTNOTES
       1.  On some systems, gcc -shared needs to build supplementary stub code
           for constructors to work.  On multi-libbed systems, gcc -shared
           must select the correct support libraries to link against.  Failing
           to supply the correct flags may lead to subtle defects.  Supplying
           them in cases where they are not necessary is innocuous.

SEE ALSO
       gpl(7), gfdl(7), fsf-funding(7), cpp(1), gcov(1), as(1), ld(1), gdb(1),
       adb(1), dbx(1), sdb(1) and the Info entries for gcc, cpp, as, ld, binu-
       tils and gdb.

AUTHOR
       See the Info entry for gcc, or <http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Con-
       tributors.html>, for contributors to GCC.

COPYRIGHT
       Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
       1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

       Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
       under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
       any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
       Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License" and "Funding Free
       Software", the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see below), and with the
       Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below).  A copy of the license is
       included in the gfdl(7) man page.

       (a) The FSF's Front-Cover Text is:

            A GNU Manual

       (b) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is:

            You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
            software.  Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
            funds for GNU development.

gcc-4.1.2                         2014-09-17                            GCC(1)